10-K/A

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K/A

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission File No.__________

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

  Pennsylvania 23-2900790

(State or Other Jurisdiction of(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)Identification No.)

102 E. Drinker St., Dunmore, PA 18512

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (570) 346-7667

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $1.25 par value

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. X

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
	Yes	X	No

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock of the registrant, held by non-affiliates was approximately $369,876,505 at June 30, 2004.

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS

State the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 10,944,225 shares of common stock as of March 11, 2005.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 18, 2005 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. Portions of the Registrant’s Annual Report to security holders for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004 are incorporated by reference into Part IV of this report.

1

EXPLANATORY STATEMENT:

This amendment to First National Community Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,2004, is being filed to include the appropriate Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in Item 9A - Controls and Procedures and in Exhibit E - Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. No revisions have been made to the financial statements or any other disclosures contained in the Annual Report.

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Part I.

Item 1 – Business

CORPORATE PROFILE

The Business of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.

THE COMPANY

First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “company”) is a Pennsylvania business, incorporated in 1997 and is registered as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The company became an active bank holding company on July 1, 1998 when it assumed ownership of First National Community Bank (the “bank”). On November 2, 2000, the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia approved the company’s application to change its status to a financial holding company as a complement to the company’s strategic objective. The bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company.

The company’s primary activity consists of owning and operating the bank, which provides customary retail and commercial banking services to individuals and businesses. The bank provides practically all of the company’s earnings as a result of its banking services.

THE BANK

The bank was established as a national banking association in 1910 as “The First National Bank of Dunmore.” Based upon shareholder approval received at a Special Shareholders’ Meeting held October 27, 1987, the bank changed its name to “First National Community Bank” effective March 1, 1988. The bank’s operations are conducted from offices located in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania:

Office	Date Opened
Main	October 1910
Scranton	September 1980
Dickson City	December 1984
Fashion Mall	July 1988
Wilkes-Barre	July 1993
Pittston Plaza	April 1995
Kingston	August 1996
Exeter	November 1998
Daleville	April 2000
Plains	June 2000
Back Mountain	October 2000
Clarks Green	October 2001
Hanover Township	January 2002
Nanticoke	April 2002
Hazleton	October 2003
Route 315	February 2004

                 The bank provides many commercial banking services to individuals and businesses, including a wide variety of deposit instruments including Image Checking and E-Statement. Consumer loans include both secured and unsecured installment loans, fixed and variable rate mortgages, jumbo mortgages, home equity term loans and lines of credit and “Instant Money” overdraft protection loans. Additionally, the bank is also in the business of underwriting indirect auto loans which are originated through various auto dealers in northeastern Pennsylvania and dealer floor plan loans. MasterCard and VISA personal credit cards are available through the bank, as well as the FNCB Check Card which allows customers to access their checking account at any retail location that accepts VISA and serves the dual purpose of an ATM card. In the commercial lending field, the bank offers demand and term loans, either secured or unsecured, letters of credit, working capital loans, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing loans, and commercial mortgages. In addition, the bank offers MasterCard and VISA processing services to its commercial customers, as well as our Cash Management service which can be accessed through FNCBusiness Online, which is Internet based. FNCBusiness Online is a menu driven product that allows our business customers to have direct access to their account information and the ability to perform internal and external transfers and process Direct Deposit payroll transactions for employees, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, from their place of business. As a result of the bank’s partnership with INVEST, our customers are able to access alternative products such as mutual funds, annuities, stock and bond

2

purchases, etc. directly from our INVEST representatives. The bank also offers customers the convenience of 24-hour banking, seven days a week, through FNCB Online via the Internet and its ATM network. Automated teller machines are available at the following locations:

Community Offices	Remote Locations
Dunmore	Petro Truck Stop, 98 Grove St., Dupont
Scranton	Bill’s Shursave Supermarket, Rt. 502, Daleville
Dickson City	Joe’s Kwik Mart, 620 N. Blakely St., Dunmore
Fashion Mall	Joe’s Kwik Mart, Rts 940 and I-380, Pocono Summit
Wilkes-Barre	Joe’s Kwik Mart, RR1, Newfoundland
Pittston	Joe’s Kwik Mart, Providence Rd. and Main Ave., Scranton
Kingston	Hess Gas Station, 5128 Milford Road, East Stroudsburg
Exeter
Daleville
Plains
Back Mountain
Clarks Green
Hanover Township
Nanticoke
Hazleton
Route 315

Additionally, to further enhance 24-hour banking services, Telephone Banking (Account Link), Loan by Phone, and Mortgage Link are available to customers. These services provide consumers the ability to access account information, perform related account transfers, and apply for a loan through the use of a touch tone telephone. Also, in our efforts to continually provide consumers the best possible service, the bank implemented in 2004 a Bounce Protection service which provides consumers with an added level of protection against unanticipated cash flow emergencies and account reconciliation errors.

As of December 31, 2004, industry concentrations exist within the following eight industries. Loans and lines of credit to each of these industries were as follows:

		Amount	% of Regulatory Capital
•	Shopping Centers/Complexes	$36,914,000	45%
•	Hotels	$33,510,000	41%
•	Restaurants	$29,827,000	36%
•	Land Subdivision	$27,874,000	34%
•	Automobile Dealers	$24,818,000	30%
•	Office Complexes/Units	$21,292,000	26%
•	General Government	$20,797,000	25%
•	Gas Stations	$20,137,000	25%

First lien mortgages on the real estate and a diverse group of borrowers, including carefully selected automobile dealers, provide security against undue risks in the portfolio.

COMPETITION

The bank is one of two financial institutions with principal offices in Dunmore. Primary competition in the Lackawanna County market comes from numerous commercial banks and savings and loan associations operating in the area. Our Luzerne County offices share many of the same competitors we face in Lackawanna County as well as several banks and savings and loans that are not in our Lackawanna County market. Deposit deregulation has intensified the competition for deposits among banks in recent years. Additional competition is derived from credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and retailers.

3

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

The company is subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”) and must file quarterly and annual reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission regarding its business operations. As a registered financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the company is subject to the supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Board.

The bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which includes regular examinations of the bank’s records and operations. As a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), the bank’s depositors’ accounts are insured up to $100,000 per ownership category. To obtain this protection for its depositors, the bank pays an assessment and is subject to the regulations of the FDIC. The bank is also a member of the Federal Reserve System and as such is subject to the rules promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.

Financial Services Modernization Legislation. - In November 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or the GLB, was enacted. The GLB repeals provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act which restricted the affiliation of Federal Reserve member banks with firms “engaged principally” in specified securities activities, and which restricted officer, director or employee interlocks between a member bank and any company or person “primarily engaged” in specified securities activities.

In addition, the GLB also contains provisions that expressly preempt any state law restricting the establishment of financial affiliations, primarily related to insurance. The general effect of the law is to establish a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the Bank Holding Company Act framework to permit a holding company to engage in a full range of financial activities through a new entity known as a “financial holding company.” “Financial activities” is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve Board, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.

The GLB also permits national banks to engage in expanded activities through the formation of financial subsidiaries. A national bank may have a subsidiary engaged in any activity authorized for national banks directly or any financial activity, except for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking, which may only be conducted through a subsidiary of a financial holding company. Financial activities include all activities permitted under new sections of the Bank Holding Company Act or permitted by regulation.

To the extent that the GLB permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The GLB is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis and which unitary savings and loan holding companies already possess. Nevertheless, the GLB may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that First National Community Bancorp, Inc. faces from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than First National Community Bancorp, Inc. has.

USA Patriot Act of 2001 - In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington D.C. which occurred on September 11, 2001. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

IMLAFATA - As part of the USA Patriot Act, Congress adopted the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 (IMLAFATA). IMLAFATA amended the Bank Secrecy Act and adopted certain additional measures that increase the obligation of financial institutions, including First National Community Bancorp, Inc., to identify their customers, watch for and report upon suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by federal banking regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share information with other financial institutions. The Secretary of the Treasury has adopted several regulations to

4

implement these provisions. First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is also barred from dealing with foreign “shell” banks. In addition, IMLAFATA expands the circumstances under which funds in a bank account may be forfeited. IMLAFATA also amended the BHC Act and the Bank Merger Act to require the federal banking regulatory authorities to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing an application to expand operations. First National Community Bancorp, Inc. has in place a Bank Secrecy Act compliance program.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 - On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”). The stated goals of the Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

The Act is the most far-reaching U.S. securities legislation enacted in decades. The Act generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Due to the SEC’s extensive role in implementing rules relating to many of the Act’s new requirements, the final scope of these requirements remains to be determined.

The Act includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC. The Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

The Act addresses, among other matters:
	•	audit committees for all reporting companies;
	•	certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;
	•	the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;
	•	a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black out periods;
	•	disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;
	•	a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers; expedited filing requirements for Form 4’s;
	•	disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code;
	•	“real time” filing of periodic reports;
	•	the formation of a public accounting oversight board;
	•	auditor independence; and
	•	various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

The Act contains provisions that were effective upon enactment on July 30, 2002 and provisions that will be phased in for up to one year after enactment. The SEC was delegated the task of enacting rules to implement various provisions with respect to, among other matters, disclosure in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act.

Regulation W - Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal

5

Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board has also recently issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is considered to be an affiliate of First National Community Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

• to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and

• to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

• a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;

• a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;

• a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;

• the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and

• the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

In addition, under Regulation W:

• a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;

• covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and

• with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

Concurrently with the adoption of Regulation W, the Federal Reserve Board has proposed a regulation which would further limit the amount of loans that could be purchased by a bank from an affiliate to not more than 100% of the bank’s capital and surplus.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2004 the bank employed 264 persons, including 55 part-time employees.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

The company files reports, proxy and information statements and other information electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any materials that the company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website site address is http://www.sec.gov. The company’s web site address is http://www.fncb.com. The company makes available free of charge through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we

6

electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Further, we will provide electronic or paper copies of the company’s filings free of charge upon request. A copy of the company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 may be obtained without charge from our website at www.fncb.com or via email at fncb@fncb.com. Information may also be obtained via written request to First National Community Bancorp, Inc. Attention: Treasurer, 102 East Drinker Street, Dunmore, PA 18512.

Item 2 - Properties

Property	Location	Ownership	Type of Use
1	102 East Drinker Street
	Dunmore, PA	Own	Main Office
2	419-421 Spruce Street
	Scranton, PA	Own	Scranton Branch
3	934 Main Street
	Dickson City, PA	Own	Dickson City Branch
4	277 Scranton/Carbondale Highway
	Scranton, PA	Lease	Fashion Mall Branch
5	23 West Market Street
	Wilkes-Barre, PA	Lease	Wilkes-Barre Branch
6	1700 North Township Blvd.
	Pittston, PA	Lease	Pittston Plaza Branch
7	754 Wyoming Avenue
	Kingston, PA	Lease	Kingston Branch
8	1625 Wyoming Avenue
	Exeter, PA	Lease	Exeter Branch
9	Route 502 & 435
	Daleville, PA	Lease	Daleville Branch
10	27 North River Road
	Plains, PA	Lease	Plains Branch
11	169 North Memorial Highway
	Shavertown, PA	Lease	Back Mountain Branch
12	269 East Grove Street
	Clarks Green, PA	Own	Clarks Green Branch
13	734 Sans Souci Parkway
	Hanover Township, PA	Lease	Hanover Township Branch
14	194 South Market Street
	Nanticoke, PA	Own	Nanticoke Branch
15	200 South Blakely Street
	Dunmore, PA	Lease	Administrative Center
16	330-352 West Broad Street
	Hazleton, PA	Own	Hazleton Branch
17	3 Old Boston Road
	Pittston, PA	Lease	Route 315 Branch

7

18	107-109 South Blakely Street
	Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot
19	114-116 South Blakely Street
	Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot
20	1708 Tripp Avenue
	Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot
21	Rt. 209
	Marshalls Creek, PA	Own	Land

Item 3 - Legal Proceedings

Neither the company nor its subsidiaries are involved in any material pending legal proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to the business nor does the company know of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities.

Item 4 - Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not Applicable

Part II.

Item 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

INVESTOR INFORMATION

MARKET PRICES OF STOCK AND DIVIDENDS PAID

The company’s common stock is not actively traded. The principal market area for the company’s stock is northeastern Pennsylvania, although shares are held by residents of other states across the country. First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is listed in the Over-The-Counter (OTC) Bulletin Board Stocks under the symbol “FNCB”. Quarterly market highs and lows and dividends paid for each of the past two years are presented below. These prices represent actual transactions. The company expects that comparable cash dividends will be paid in the future.

	MARKET PRICE			DIVIDENDS PAID PER SHARE
	HIGH	LOW
QUARTER	2004
First	$16.25		$14.25	$ .08
Second	17.13		14.95	.08
Third	20.88		15.50	.09
Fourth	25.15		20.00	.11
				$ 0.36
QUARTER	2003
First	$13.90		$ 9.65	$ .07
Second	16.00		13.50	.07
Third	14.00		12.75	.08
Fourth	14.75		12.75	.09
				$ 0.31

* Share and per share information includes the retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividends paid September 30,

8

2004, which resulted in the issuance of 5,423,425 new shares, and January 31, 2003.

MARKET MAKERS

F.J. Morrissey	Ryan, Beck and Co.
1700 Market Street	220 South Orange Avenue
Suite 1420	Livingston, NJ 07039
Philadelphia, PA 19103	(973) 597-6000
(215) 563-8500
Monroe Securities	RBC Dain Rauscher
47 State Street	1211 Avenue of the Americas
Rochester, NY 14614	32nd Floor
(716) 546-5560	New York, NY 10036
	(866) 835-1422

TRANSFER AGENT

Registrar and Transfer Company

10 Commerce Drive

Cranford, NJ 07016-9982

Shareholder questions regarding stock ownership should be directed to the Investor Relations Department at Registrar and Transfer Company at 1-800-368-5948.

DIVIDEND CALENDAR

Dividends on the company’s common stock, if approved by the Board of Directors, are customarily paid on or about March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15. Record dates for dividends are customarily on or about March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1. As of March 11, 2005, the latest practicable date, there were 1,285 shareholders.

9

Item 6 – Selected Financial Data

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In thousands, except per share data)
	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2004	2003	2002	2001	2000
Total assets	$907,491	$816,303	$735,327	$676,307	$583,852
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions	1,980	2,673	3,368	3,161	3,359
Securities	231,831	211,353	205,492	194,109	152,316
Net loans	625,792	552,197	487,976	439,884	393,125
Total deposits	671,713	602,069	540,475	517,334	460,418
Stockholders' equity	75,723	68,738	62,843	51,786	46,684
Net interest income before provision for credit losses	25,269	23,295	22,060	19,233	19,021
Provision for credit losses	1,400	1,200	1,400	1,220	970
Other income	4,789	4,184	3,676	3,151	1,382
Other expenses	17,399	15,483	14,248	12,683	11,752
Income before income taxes	11,259	10,796	10,088	8,481	7,681
Provision for income taxes	1,996	2,159	2,063	1,701	1,661
Net income	9,263	8,637	8,025	6,780	6,020
Cash dividends paid	$3,885	$3,267	$2,832	$2,455	$2,202
Per share data:
Net income - basic (1)	$0.86	$0.82	$0.78	$0.67	$0.60
Net income - diluted (1)	$0.83	$0.79	$0.75	$0.65	$0.60
Cash dividends (2)	$0.36	$0.31	$0.28	$0.24	$0.22
Book value (1)(3)	$7.02	$6.53	$6.10	$5.12	$4.66
Weighted average number of shares outstanding–basic (1)	10,780,407	10,528,978	10,296,251	10,123,991	10,008,979
Weighted average number of shares outstanding-diluted (1)	11,172,587	10,987,190	10,706,854	10,378,882	10,075,383
(1) Earnings per share and book value per share are calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year, after giving retroactive effect to the 100% stock dividends paid September 30, 2004 and January 31, 2003. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders, adjusted for any changes in income that would result from the assumed conversion of all potential dilutive common shares, by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the effect of all dilutive potential common shares outstanding for the period.
(2) Cash dividends per share have been restated to reflect to retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividends paid September 30, 2004 and January 31, 2003.
(3) Reflects the effect of SFAS No. 115 in the amount of $1,030,000 in 2004, $2,635,000 in 2003, $4,838,000 in 2002, $536,000 in 2001 and $880,000 in 2000.

10

Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Certain of the matters discussed in this document and in documents incorporated by reference herein, including matters discussed under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” may constitute forward-looking statements for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance, or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation (a) the effects of future economic conditions on the Company and its customers; (b) the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation; (c) governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes; (d) the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters; (e) the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks; (f) the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in the Company’s market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally, and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer, and the Internet; (g) technological changes; (h) acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses; (i) the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities; and (j) acts of war or terrorism. All written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. The company undertakes no obligation to publicly revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this report. Readers should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents that are filed periodically with the SEC.

The following financial review of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is presented on a consolidated basis and is intended to provide a comparison of the financial performance of the company, including its wholly-owned subsidiary, First National Community Bank for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with the company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this report.

SUMMARY

Net Income totaled $9,263,000 in 2004 which was $626,000, or 7%, higher than the $8,637,000 earned in 2003. The $8,637,000 earned in 2003 was $612,000, or 8%, higher than the $8,025,000 earned in 2002. Basic earnings per share were $.86, $.82 and $.78 in 2004, 2003 and 2002. The weighted average number of shares outstanding in 2004 was 10,780,407 while the weighted average number of shares in 2003 and 2002 were 10,528,978 and 10,296,251.

The earnings improvement recognized in 2004 as compared to 2003 includes a $2.0 million, or 8%, increase in net interest income before the provision for credit losses, a $543,000, or 19%, increase in fee income and a $62,000 increase in net gains from the sale of assets. Growth and increased costs contributed to a $1.9 million, or 12%, increase in operating expenses and $200,000 of additional credit loss provisions. Federal income tax expense decreased $163,000 in comparison to 2003.

The increase reported in 2003 over the 2002 earnings was due primarily to the $1.2 million improvement in net interest income before providing for credit losses. Total other income also improved $508,000 in comparison to the prior year as service charges and fees improved $359,000, or 14%, and gains from the sale of loans, securities and other real estate increased $149,000. The provision for credit losses was $200,000 lower than the 2002 level, also contributing to the improved earnings. These increases were offset partially by a $1.2 million increase in total expenses and $96,000 of additional book tax expense.

Return on assets for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was 1.08%, 1.11% and 1.12%. Return on equity was 12.86% in 2004, 13.15% in 2003 and 13.96% in 2002.

11

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income, the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets and interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds, is the largest component of the company’s operating income and as such is the primary determinant of profitability. Changes in net interest income occur due to fluctuations in the balances and/or mixes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and changes in their corresponding interest yields and costs. Before providing for future credit losses, net interest income increased $1,974,000 in 2004 due to growth in loans and deposits and the positive effect of the spread earned on interest sensitive assets and liabilities. Changes in non-performing assets, together with interest lost and recovered on those assets, also impact comparisons of net interest income. In the following schedules, net interest income is analyzed on a tax-equivalent basis, thereby increasing interest income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments by the amount of federal income tax savings realized. In this manner, the true economic impact on earnings from various assets and liabilities can be more accurately compared.

In 2004, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $2.0 million, or 8%, over the 2003 level. Growth of the balance sheet again proved positive, adding $3.7 million to net interest income, while the impact of repricing reduced earnings by $1.7 million. Increased income due to loan growth was the primary contributor to the improvement.

Average loans outstanding increased $86 million, or 17%, in 2004, resulting in a $2.5 million improvement in earnings. Commercial volume contributed $4.6 million of improved earnings and retail growth added $669,000. However, growth and repricing at lower than historic interest rate levels led to a .47% decrease in the yield earned on the portfolio, reducing income by $2.8 million due to rates.

Average securities were $3.0 million lower in 2004 as liquidity was utilized to fund the significant level of loan growth. The lower balances combined with a .34% decrease in the yield earned reduced interest income by $870,000 from the 2003 level. Money market balances and rates were also lower in 2004, and earnings on this category decreased $19,000 from the prior year total.

Average interest-bearing deposits grew $55 million, or 11%, in 2004. Interest-bearing demand balances increased $48 million due to additional municipal relationships and internal reclassification of accounts while average savings deposits increased $13 million. This growth in lower costing demand and savings balances, combined with a $6 million reduction in certificate of deposit balances led to a .35% reduction in the cost of deposits and a $742,000 decrease in interest expense. Average borrowed funds increased $17 million in 2004 but a .34% reduction in the cost of these balances limited the increase in interest expense to $292,000.

Overall, growth of the balance sheet offset a .04% decrease in the net interest spread, resulting in the $2.0 million improvement in net interest income. The net interest margin was reduced .10% in 2004 as much of the growth was recorded at historically low interest rate levels. Investment leveraging transactions continued to add to the profitability of the company in 2004, contributing over $900,000 to pre-tax earnings, but the average spread earned on the transaction of 1.29% contributed to the reduced margin. Exclusive of these transactions, the net interest margin in 2004 would have been 3.56% compared to 3.82% in 2003.

During 2003, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $1,250,000, or 5%, over the 2002 level. Significant loan growth had a major impact on the improved earnings. Effective asset-liability management techniques also contributed to the earnings improvement as sound pricing policies limited compression in the net interest margin during a year which saw interest rates reach decade old lows.

Average loans increased $49 million, or 11%, over the 2002 level, but earnings on the portfolio decreased $786,000 as rates earned on variable rate assets declined and new growth was added at historically low levels. Commercial loan balances increased by $41 million, or 12%, but earnings on these assets decreased $82,000 due to repricing and new growth rates. Average consumer loans increased $7.5 million in 2003 due primarily to growth in home equity loans and an increase in the indirect auto portfolio. Falling interest rates also had a significant impact on consumer loan income as earnings from the portfolio was $704,000 lower than the year before. Overall, the yield earned on total loans declined .81% in 2003 which resulted in $786,000 less earnings on $49 million more loans.

Total securities were $10 million higher than the 2002 average balance. Falling interest rates also had a negative impact on the securities portfolio as the low rates of 2003 lead to record mortgage-refinancing activity, resulting in an acceleration of principal prepayments on securities. As these monies are reinvested at current rates, earnings

12

compression occurs. During 2003, the yield earned on average securities was .85% lower than in 2002, contributing to the $1.2 million reduction in interest income. Money market assets were also impacted by falling rates combined with a planned reduction in this lowest yielding asset. A $4 million decrease in average money market assets and a .57% drop in the rate earned on these assets lead to a $140,000 decrease in interest income.

Average interest-bearing deposits increased $25 million in 2003 due primarily to growth in lower costing demand and savings balances. Interest rate reductions had a positive impact on the company’s earnings in this area as the .85% decrease in the cost of deposits resulted in a $3.5 million reduction in interest expense. Borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities were $15 million higher on average than last year, but a .50% reduction in the cost of these funds limited the increased expense to $151,000.

As a result of the growth of the balance sheet combined with a reduction in the yields earned and paid, the company’s net interest margin decreased .09% from the 3.53% reported in 2002 to 3.44%. Another factor affecting the company’s net interest margin are investment leveraging transactions which match assets with liabilities at various points in the interest rate cycles. These transactions provided over $700,000 of net interest income in 2003, but the interest spread of .79% had a negative impact on the company’s net interest margin. Exclusive of these transactions, the 2003 margin would have been 3.82% which is .12% lower than the comparable 3.94% recorded in 2002.

13

Yield Analysis
(dollars in thousands-taxable equivalent basis)(1)
		2004			2003			2002
			Interest	Average		Interest	Average		Interest	Average
		Average	Income/	Interest	Average	Income/	Interest	Average	Income/	Interest
		Balance	Expense	Rate	Balance	Expense	Rate	Balance	Expense	Rate
ASSETS:
Earning Assets:(2)
	Commercial loans-taxable	$435,758	$24,076	5.53%	$371,296	$21,869	5.89%	$329,175	$21,810	6.63%
	Commercial loans-tax free	28,348	2,004	7.07%	18,412	1,384	7.52%	19,250	1,525	7.92%
	Mortgage loans	21,863	1,372	6.28%	20,869	1,435	6.88%	22,307	1,742	7.81%
	Installment loans	110,560	6,212	5.62%	100,287	6,521	6.50%	91,296	6,918	7.58%
	Total Loans	596,529	33,664	5.64%	510,864	31,209	6.11%	462,028	31,995	6.92%
	Securities-taxable	163,782	6,617	4.04%	161,089	6,989	4.34%	153,831	8,383	5.45%
	Securities-tax free	49,586	3,824	7.71%	55,234	4,322	7.83%	52,119	4,141	7.95%
	Total Securities	213,368	10,441	4.89%	216,323	11,311	5.23%	205,950	12,524	6.08%
	Interest-bearing deposits with banks	2,063	44	2.13%	3,285	82	2.50%	3,380	138	4.08%
	Federal funds sold	4,121	62	1.50%	3,528	43	1.22%	7,659	127	1.66%
	Total Money Market Assets	6,184	106	1.70%	6,813	125	1.83%	11,039	265	2.40%
	Total Earning Assets	816,081	44,211	5.42%	734,000	42,645	5.81%	679,017	44,784	6.60%
Non-earning assets		49,980			48,542			43,898
Allowance for credit losses		(6,848)			(6,625)			(5,995)
	Total Assets	$859,213			$775,917			$716,920
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
	Interest-bearing demand deposits	$163,826	$1,605	0.98%	$116,196	$1,097	0.94%	$104,968	$1,750	1.67%
	Savings deposits	80,112	599	0.75%	66,974	599	0.89%	56,878	799	1.40%
	Time deposits over $100,000	99,584	2,102	2.11%	95,090	2,199	2.31%	93,501	2,750	2.94%
	Other time deposits	216,453	6,125	2.83%	226,592	7,278	3.21%	224,820	9,414	4.19%
	Total Interest-Bearing Deposits	559,975	10,431	1.86%	504,852	11,173	2.21%	480,167	14,713	3.06%
	Borrowed funds and other
	Interest-bearing liabilities	148,309	6,529	4.40%	131,616	6,237	4.74%	116,220	6,086	5.24%
	Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities	708,284	16,960	2.39%	636,468	17,410	2.74%	596,387	20,799	3.49%
	Demand deposits	72,700			68,273			57,926
	Other liabilities	6,224			5,763			5,382
	Stockholders' equity	72,005			65,413			57,225
	Total Liabilities and
	Stockholders' Equity	$859,213			$775,917			$716,920
	Net Interest Income Spread		$27,251	3.03%		$25,235	3.07%		$23,985	3.11%
	Net Interest Margin			3.34%			3.44%			3.53%
(1) In this schedule and other schedules presented on a tax-equivalent basis, income that is exempt from federal income taxes, i.e. interest on state and municipal securities, has been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using a 34% federal income tax rate.
(2) Excludes non-performing loans.

14

RATE VOLUME ANALYSIS

The most significant impact on net income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods. Components of interest income and interest expense are presented on a tax-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.

The following table shows the effect of changes in volume and interest rates on net interest income. The variance in interest income or expense due to the combination of rate and volume has been allocated proportionately.

Rate/Volume Variance Report(1)
(in thousands-taxable equivalent basis)
		2004 vs 2003						2003 vs 2002
				Increase(Decrease)						Increase(Decrease)
		Total		Due to		Due to		Total		Due to		Due to
		Change		Volume		Rate		Change		Volume		Rate
Interest Income:
	Commercial loans-taxable	$	2,207	$	3,881	$	(1,674)	$	59	$	2,803	$	(2,744)
	Commercial loans-tax free		620		753		(133)		(141)		(66)		(75)
	Mortgage loans		(63)		68		(131)		(307)		(112)		(195)
	Installment loans		(309)		601		(910)		(397)		596		(993)
	Total Loans		2,455		5,303		(2,848)		(786)		3,221		(4,007)
	Securities-taxable		(372)		24		(396)		(1,394)		392		(1,786)
	Securities-tax free		(498)		(442)		(56)		181		247		(66)
	Total Securities		(870)		(418)		(452)		(1,213)		639		(1,852)
	Interest-bearing deposits with banks		(38)		(30)		(8)		(56)		(4)		(52)
	Federal funds sold		19		7		12		(84)		(68)		(16)
	Total Money Market Assets		(19)		(23)		4		(140)		(72)		(68)
	Total Interest Income		1,566		4,862		(3,296)		(2,139)		3,788		(5,927)
Interest Expense:
	Interest-bearing demand deposits		508		401		107		(653)		182		(835)
	Savings deposits		0		115		(115)		(200)		137		(337)
	Time deposits over $100,000		(97)		70		(167)		(551)		47		(598)
	Other time deposits		(1,153)		(265)		(888)		(2,136)		79		(2,215)
	Total Interest-Bearing Deposits		(742)		321		(1,063)		(3,540)		445		(3,985)
	Borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities		292		791		(499)		151		806		(655)
	Total Interest Expense		(450)		1,112		(1,562)		(3,389)		1,251		(4,640)
Net Interest Income		$	2,016	$	3,750	$	(1,734)	$	1,250	$	2,537	$	(1,287)
(1) Changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to changes due to volume and changes due to rate.

15

CURRENT YEAR

In 2004, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $2.0 million from the 2003 total. Balance sheet growth added $3.7 million as the $4.8 million of income attributed to growth more than offset the $1.1 million of interest expense associated with increased deposits and borrowed funds. Repricing and growth at historically low interest rate levels had a negative impact on net interest income in 2004, resulting in a $1.7 million reduction when compared to 2003 totals.

Loan growth added $5.3 million to earnings in 2004, due primarily to the $4.6 million of interest income generated from commercial loan growth. Growth during the first half of 2004 was originated at low interest rates, however, which resulted in a $1.8 million decrease due to repricing. Retail growth contributed $669,000 of interest income, but this increase was negated by a $1.0 million negative variance due to repricing. Interest income from the securities portfolio was down $870,000 from 2003 due to reduced balances and lower rates while earnings from money market assets were $19,000 lower in 2004. Overall, interest income improved $1.5 million comprised of a $4.8 million increase due to volume and a $3.3 million negative variance due to rate.

New deposits added $321,000 of interest expense in 2004, but the effect of interest rates reduced interest expense by $1.0 million compared to last year primarily due to repricing on certificates of deposit. New borrowings added $791,000 of additional interest expense but lower interest rates reduced the cost by $499,000 compared to 2003. Overall, interest expense was $450,000 lower in 2004 as the $1.6 million positive offset due to pricing more than offset the $1.1 million increase due to growth.

PRIOR YEAR

In 2003, tax-equivalent net interest income was $1,250,000 higher than the 2002 total. Growth of the balance sheet added $2.5 million to earnings in 2003 as the $3.8 million of income earned on new loans and securities more than offset the $1.3 million cost of new deposits and borrowings. Loan growth added $3.2 million of income while new securities and money market assets provided an additional $567,000. Interest expense increased $445,000 due to deposit growth while the additional borrowed funds cost $806,000. Repricing and growth at historically low levels had a negative impact on earnings in 2003. The reduced yield on loans resulted in a $4 million decrease due to rate while income from investment securities and money market assets decreased $1.9 million from the 2002 level. Interest expense was also impacted by falling rates but to a lesser extent as rate reductions on lower costing demand and savings balances were limited. Interest on deposits decreased $4.0 million in 2003 and the cost of borrowed funds decreased $655,000 due to the lower cost of newly originated borrowings.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses varies from year to year based on management's evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in relation to the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. In its evaluation, management considers credit quality, changes in loan volume, composition of the loan portfolio, past experience, delinquency trends, and the economic conditions. Consideration is also given to examinations performed by regulatory authorities and the company's independent auditors. The provision for credit losses was $1,400,000 in 2004, $1,200,000 in 2003 and $1,400,000 in 2002. The ratio of the loan loss reserve to total loans was 1.12% at December 31, 2004 and 1.18% at December 31, 2003.

OTHER INCOME

Other Income	2004	2003	2002
	(in thousands)
Service charges	$1,929	$1,575	$1,371
Net gain on the sale of securities	846	657	366
Net gain on the sale of loans	499	555	339
Net gain on the sale of other real estate	25	96	454
Other	1,490	1,301	1,146
Total Other Income	$4,789	$4,184	$3,676

16

The company’s other income category can be separated into three distinct sub-categories; service charges make up the core component of this area of earnings while net gains (losses) from the sale of assets and other fee income comprise the balance.

In 2004, service charges on deposits increased $354,000, or 22%, from the 2003 total. Approximately $270,000 of this increase can be attributed to new overdraft privilege fees associated with the BOUNCE Protection program. Net gains from the sale of assets totaled $1.4 million in 2004, a $62,000 increase from the 2003 total, as securities and loans were sold to shed interest rate risk. Other income improved $189,000 in 2004 due primarily to increased fees collected on outstanding letters of credit. In total, other income improved $605,000, or 14%, in 2004.

During 2003, other income increased $508,000, or 14%, over the prior year. Service charges on deposits improved by $204,000, or 15%, due primarily to an increase in assessable accounts as well as revisions to the fee schedule. Other fee income improved $155,000 in 2003 comprised of an $89,000 increase in letter of credit fees, a $35,000 increase in merchant credit card processing and a $31,000 net increase in all other fees. Gains from asset sales totaled $1.3 million in 2003 which was $149,000 higher than the 2002 total. Investment securities were sold to restructure the portfolio while long-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans were sold to minimize interest rate risk.

OTHER EXPENSES

Other Expenses	2004	2003	2002
	(in thousands)
Salary expense	$ 6,905	$ 6,061	$ 5,569
Employee benefit expense	1,787	1,580	1,421
Occupancy expense	1,556	1,471	1,388
Equipment expense	1,257	1,193	1,161
Directors fees	468	464	372
Advertising expense	650	575	604
Data processing expense	1,309	1,116	941
Bank shares tax	583	410	342
Other operating expenses	2,884	2,613	2,450
Total Other Expenses	$17,399	$15,483	$14,248

During 2004, total other expenses increased $1.9 million, or 12%, from the 2003 total. Employee costs rose $1.1 million, which was over 50% of the increase. Occupancy and equipment costs rose $149,000 while all other expenses increased $716,000, or 14%. The company’s overhead ratio, which measures non-interest expense as a percentage of average assets, was 2.02% in 2004 compared to 2.00% in 2003. A significant portion of the increased costs can be attributed to two new community offices which opened in October 2003 and February 2004.

Salary and benefit costs accounted for 50% of total operating expenses in 2004. Salaries increased $844,000, or 14% in 2004, which includes $148,000 attributed to two new community offices. The $207,000 increase in benefit costs also includes $30,000 due to the new offices, a $60,000 increase in the company’s contribution to the employee’s profit sharing plan and a higher level of payroll related taxes. At December 31, 2004, the company had 236 full-time equivalent employees on staff, a 4% increase over the 227 reported on December 31, 2003.

The increase in occupancy and equipment costs includes $128,000 due to the new offices while other significant increases include a $193,000 increase in data processing costs and a $173,000 increase in bank shares tax expense.

In 2003, total other expenses increased $1.2 million, or 9%, from the 2002 level. Employee costs increased $651,000, or 53% of the total while occupancy and equipment costs rose $115,000. All other expenses increased $469,000, or 38% of the total increase. The company’s overhead ratio was 2.00% in 2003 compared to 1.99% in 2002.

Salary and benefit costs comprise approximately one-half of the company’s non-interest expense. Salaries increased $492,000 in 2003, including a $182,000 expense for stock options which reflects the early adoption of SFAS No. 148 “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”. Please refer to Note 12 to the financial statements for a complete disclosure of stock-based compensation. Exclusive of stock-based compensation, salaries increased $310,000, or 6%, due to merit increases and the additional costs associated with expansion. At December 31, 2003, the company had 227 full-time equivalent employees on staff compared to the 210 reported on December 31, 2002.

17

Occupancy and equipment costs increased 6% and 3%, respectively, due primarily to costs associated with a new community office. All other operating expenses increased $469,000, or 10%. Much of the increase was attributed to rising data processing costs and expenses associated with a new office.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

Federal income tax expense decreased $163,000 compared to last year. The $463,000 increase in income before taxes added $157,000 to the book provision while benefits received from tax-exempt income and other permanent differences had a $320,000 positive effect compared to 2003. Deferred tax items also contributed to the lower book provision. The company’s effective tax rate was 17.7% in 2004 and 20.0% in 2003.

During 2003, federal income tax expense increased $96,000 over the 2002 total. The increased expense at the statutory rate due to the earnings improvement was $241,000 but this was reduced by benefits received from tax-exempt income, a reduction in non-deductible interest expense and an increased benefit from other deferred tax items. The company’s effective tax rate was 20.0% in 2003 compared to 20.5% in 2002.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased $91 million, or 11%, during 2004 to $907 million which surpassed the $81 million increase recorded in 2003. Loan growth of $74 million and a $20 million increase in securities was funded by a $70 million increase in total deposits and a $14 million increase in borrowed funds. A reduced level of cash and cash equivalents and increased capital from retained earnings funded all other balance sheet growth.

SECURITIES

The primary objectives in managing the company’s securities portfolio are to maintain the necessary flexibility to meet liquidity and asset and liability management needs and to provide a stable source of interest income.

Total securities increased $20 million during 2004. While interest rates remained low during the first half of the year, the forecast of higher rates and the ultimate action of the Federal Reserve to raise rates resulted in a slowdown in the amount of principal returned in the form of calls or prepayments. The forecast of higher rates also contributed to the sale of $68 million of securities during the year as the portfolio was positioned for rising rates. In order to fulfill the objectives of the securities portfolio and to remain fully invested, over $125 million of new purchases were added during 2004.

New purchases included $13 million of securities which were funded with structured borrowings, thereby providing a favorable spread between the rate earned on the securities and the cost of the borrowings. As of December 31, 2004, the company had $67 million of these leveraged transactions outstanding. Management remains committed to strategies which limit purchases to those that are virtually free of credit risk and will help to meet the objectives of the company’s investment and asset/liability management policies. Other security purchases include bonds which will provide book income at current market rates with minimal extension risk in order to reduce the risk of rising rates. Investment sales were executed to shed the portfolio of bonds purchased for declining rates, low earning bonds and bonds which had been reduced in size by principal prepayments to below portfolio parameters.

The following table sets forth the carrying value of securities at the dates indicated:

	December 31,
	2004	2003	2002
	(in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$31,770	$ 17,771	$ 13,029
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	55,955	61,539	57,864
Mortgage-backed securities	117,050	110,278	127,424
Corporate debt securities	18,983	13,021	425
Equity securities	8,073	8,744	6,750
Total	$231,831	$211,353	$205,492

18

The following table sets forth the maturities of securities at December 31, 2004 (in thousands) and the weighted average yields of such securities calculated on the basis of the cost and effective yields weighted for the scheduled maturity of each security. Tax-equivalent adjustments, using a 34% rate, have been made in calculating yields on obligations of state and political subdivisions.

	Within One Year	2 - 5 Years	6 - 10 Years	Over 10 Years	Mortgage- Backed Securities	No Fixed Maturity	Total
U.S. Treasury securities	$ 0	$1,002	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 1,002
Yield		2.43%					2.43%
Obligations of U.S. government agencies	5,029	4,026	16,985	4,916			30,956
Yield	2.28%	3.66%	3.50%	3.47%			3.32%
Obligations of state and political subdivisions (1)		1,450	5,275	46,388			53,113
Yield		6.81%	6.57%	7.43%			7.33%
Corporate debt securities			1,611	17,527			19,138
Yield			4.83%	4.22%			4.27%
Mortgage-backed securities					117,986		117,986
Yield					4.58%		4.58%
Equity securities (2)						8,073	8,073
Yield						3.87%	3.87%
Total maturities	$5,029	$6,478	$23,871	$68,831	$117,986	$8,073	$230,268
Weighted yield	2.28%	4.17%	4.27%	6.33%	4.58%	3.87%	4.98%
(1)Yields on state and municipal securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using a 34% federal income tax rate.
(2)Yield presented represents 2004 actual return

LOANS

Total loans increased $74 million, or 13%, in 2004. Almost 90% of the growth recorded during the year was real estate related, including a $62 million increase in commercial mortgages and a $3 million increase in home equity loans. Residential mortgage loans decreased $1 million during the year as $30 million of loan balances were sold in the secondary market to reduce the company’s interest rate risk exposure and to secure funding for anticipated loan originations. The increase in other loans represents loans to state and municipal entities and includes a local issue funded in 2004 for $7 million. Installment loan balances grew $2 million in 2004 while other commercial loan balances decreased $1 million as payments offset new growth.

Details regarding the loan portfolio for each of the last five years ending December 31 are as follows:

Loans Outstanding (in thousands)
	2004	2003	2002	2001	2000
Commercial and Financial	$130,937	$132,319	$ 115,651	$ 94,360	$ 79,483
Real Estate	402,792	337,423	294,864	274,255	246,061
Installment	69,027	66,981	63,258	62,786	62,504
Other	30,136	22,052	20,343	14,077	10,327
Total Loans Gross	632,892	558,775	494,116	445,478	398,375
Allowance for Credit Losses	(7,100)	(6,578)	(6,140)	(5,594)	(5,250)
Net Loans	$625,792	$552,197	$487,976	$439,884	$393,125

19

The following schedule shows the repricing distribution of loans outstanding as of December 31, 2004. Also provided are these amounts classified according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates.

Loans Outstanding - Repricing Distribution (in thousands)
	Within One Year	One to Five Years	Over Five Years	Total
Commercial and Financial	$107,666	$20,332	$2,939	$130,937
Real Estate	259,782	82,440	60,570	402,792
Installment	2,363	63,355	3,309	69,027
Other	5,770	6,841	17,525	30,136
Total	$375,581	$172,968	$84,343	$632,892
Loans with predetermined interest rates	$23,212	$94,682	$67,542	$185,436
Loans with floating rates	352,369	78,286	16,801	447,456
Total	$375,581	$172,968	$84,343	$632,892

ASSET QUALITY

The company manages credit risk through the application of policies and procedures designed to foster sound underwriting and credit monitoring practices, although, as is the case with any financial institution, a certain degree of credit risk is dependent in part on local and general economic conditions that are beyond the company’s control.

The company's risk management committee meets quarterly or more often as required and makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding provisions for credit losses. The committee reviews individual problem credits and ensures that ample reserves are established considering both general allowances and specific allocations.

The following schedule reflects various non-performing categories as of December 31 for each of the last five years:

	2004	2003	2002	2001	2000
	(in thousands)
Nonaccrual:
Impaired	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Other	303	844	37	343	645
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing	539	622	299	426	224
Other Real Estate Owned	0	0	0	50	0
Total Non-Performing Assets	$842	$1,466	$336	$819	$869

In 2004, total non-performing assets decreased $624,000. Nonaccrual loans decreased $541,000 as $255,000 of the balances carried on December 31, 2003 were charged-off in 2004 and $296,000 were paid in full. A total of $53,000 of the charged-off balances has subsequently been recovered by the company. Management believes that of the loans currently carried as nonaccrual, loss potential is minimal. Loans past due over ninety days decreased $83,000 during the year. The balance of other real estate owned on December 31, 2004 was $0.

During 2003, total non-performing assets increased $1.1 million due to an $807,000 increase in nonaccrual loans and a $323,000 increase in loans past due over ninety days. Management reported that of the loans carried as nonaccrual, loss potential only existed on $444,000 of the balances. Any loss realized on the nonaccrual loans and past due loans would be limited to any collateral deficiency upon disposition. The balance of other real estate owned on December 31, 2003 was $0.

On December 31, 2004, the company’s ratio of nonaccrual loans to total loans was .05% compared to the .15% reported in 2003. We continue to rank well ahead of peer banks in measurements of delinquency. The company continues to acknowledge the weakness in local real estate markets, emphasizing strict underwriting standards to minimize the negative impact of the current environment.

20

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table presents an allocation of the allowance for credit losses as of the end of each of the last five years (in thousands):

Loan Loss Reserve Allocation
(in thousands)
	12/31/04		12/31/03		12/31/02			12/31/01		12/31/00
		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans			Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
	Amount		Amount		Amount		Amount			Amount
Commercial and Financial	$3,041	79%	$4,449	76%	$4,154	76%	$1,577		72%	$2,483	67%
Real Estate	44	3%	53	4%	44	5%	138		7%	190	12%
Installment	272	18%	259	20%	210	19%	183		21%	98	21%
Unallocated	3,743	-	1,817	-	1,732	-	3,696		-	2,479	-
	$7,100	100%	$6,578	100%	$6,140	100%	$5,594		100%	$5,250	100%

The following schedule presents an analysis of the allowance for credit losses for each of the last five years (in thousands):

	Years Ended December 31
	2004	2003	2002	2001	2000
Balance, January 1	$6,578	$6,140	$5,594	$5,250	$4,714
Charge-Offs:
Commercial and Financial	293	314	256	233	70
Real Estate	412	109	455	474	268
Installment	423	579	307	360	355
Total Charge-Offs	1,128	1,002	1,018	1,067	693
Recoveries on Charged-Off Loans:
Commercial and Financial	51	13	2	6	10
Real Estate	66	7	10	20	122
Installment	133	220	152	165	127
Total Recoveries	250	240	164	191	259
Net Charge-Offs	878	762	854	876	434
Provision for Credit Losses	1,400	1,200	1,400	1,220	970
Balance, December 31	$7,100	$6,578	$6,140	$5,594	$5,250
Net Charge-Offs during the period as a percentage of average loans outstanding during the period	.15%	.15%	.18%	.21%	.11%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of net loans outstanding at end of period	1.12%	1.18%	1.24%	1.26%	1.32%

Net charge-offs increased $116,000 in 2004 but remained stable as a percentage of average loans. The installment loan charge-offs include $289,000 of indirect auto loans of which $121,000 was recovered through sale during the year. All other charge-off’s include writedowns on credits incurred in the normal course of business. During 2004,

21

$255,000 of the balances carried as nonaccrual on December 31, 2003 were charged-off of which $43,000 was recovered later in the year. The company’s ratio of net charge-off’s to average loans is comparable to its national peer group while the ratio of the allowance for credit losses to net loans is adequate considering delinquent balances.

DEPOSITS

The primary source of funds to support the company’s growth is its deposit base, and emphasis has been placed on accumulating new deposits while making every effort to retain current relationships. Total deposits increased $70 million in 2004 comprised of $63 million in lower costing savings and demand accounts and a $7 million increase in time deposit balances.

The average daily amount of deposits and rates paid on such deposits is summarized for the periods indicated in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2004		2003		2002
	Amount	Rate	Amount	Rate	Amount	Rate
	(dollars in thousands)
Noninterest bearing demand deposits	$72,700		$68,273		$57,926
Interest-bearing demand deposits	163,826	0.98%	116,196	0.94%	104,968	1.67%
Savings deposits	80,112	0.75%	66,974	0.89%	56,878	1.41%
Time deposits	316,037	2.60%	321,682	2.95%	318,321	3.82%
Total	$632,675		$573,125		$538,093

Maturities of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2004, are summarized as follows:

	Time Certificates Of Deposit
	(in thousands)
3 months or less	$ 50,126
Over 3 through 6 months	10,736
Over 6 through 12 months	13,532
Over 12 months	19,931
Total	$94,325

CAPITAL

A strong capital base is essential to the continued growth and profitability of the company and is therefore a management priority. The company’s principal capital planning goals are to provide an adequate return to shareholders while retaining a sufficient base from which to provide for future growth, while at the same time complying with all regulatory standards. As more fully described in Note 13 to the financial statements, regulatory authorities have prescribed specified minimum capital ratios as guidelines for determining capital adequacy to help insure the safety and soundness of financial institutions.

22

The following schedules present information regarding the company’s risk-based capital at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and selected other capital ratios.

CAPITAL ANALYSIS (in thousands)
	December 31,
	2004	2003	2002
Tier I Capital:
Shareholders’ equity	$ 74,693	$ 66,103	$ 58,005
Total Tier I Capital	$ 74,693	$ 66,103	$ 58,005
Tier II Capital:
Allowable portion of allowance for credit losses	$ 7,100	$ 6,578	$ 6,140
Total Risk-Based Capital	$ 81,793	$ 72,681	$ 64,145
Total Risk-Weighted Assets	$728,681	$633,762	$549,300

CAPITAL RATIOS
	Regulatory Minimum	2004	2003	2002
Total Risk-Based Capital	8.00%	11.22%	11.47%	11.68%
Tier I Risk-Based Capital	4.00%	10.25%	10.43%	10.56%
Tier I Leverage Ratio	4.00%	8.69%	8.52%	8.09%
Return on Assets	N/A	1.08%	1.11%	1.12%
Return on Equity*	N/A	12.86%	13.15%	13.96%
Equity to Assets Ratio*	N/A	8.34%	8.42%	8.55%
Dividend Payout Ratio	N/A	41.95%	37.83%	35.29%
* Includes the effect of SFAS 115 in the amount of $1,030,000 in 2004, $2,635,000 in 2003 and $4,838,000 in 2002.

During 1999, the company implemented a Dividend Reinvestment Plan which has resulted in an influx to capital of $7.4 million to date. The company also adopted stock option plans for directors and senior officers. New capital generated from the exercise of stock options is $2.5 million at December 31, 2004. In November 2002, the company declared a 100% stock dividend which was payable January 31, 2003. As a result of this stock dividend, 2,603,838 new shares were issued on the payable date. The company also paid a 100% stock dividend on September 30, 2004 which resulted in the issuance of 5,423,425 new shares.

In 2004, regulatory capital increased $8.6 million comprised of a $5.4 million increase in retained earnings after paying cash dividends of $3.9 million, a $2.1 million increase due to the company’s dividend reinvestment plan and a $1.1 million increase due to the issuance of shares from the company’s stock option plans. As of December 31, 2004, there were 8,111,410 shares of stock available for future sale or stock dividends. The number of shareholders of record at December 31, 2004 was 1,246. Quarterly market highs and lows, dividends paid and known market makers are highlighted in the Investor Information section of this Annual Report. Refer to Note 13 to the financial statements for further discussion of capital requirements and dividend limitations.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND FORWARD OUTLOOK

Economic conditions affect financial institutions, as they do other businesses, in a number of ways. Rising inflation affects all businesses through increased operating costs but affects banks primarily through the manner in which they manage their interest sensitive assets and liabilities in a rising rate environment. Economic recession can also have a material effect on financial institutions as the assets and liabilities affected by a decrease in interest rates must be managed in a way that will maximize the largest component of a bank’s income, that being net interest income. Recessionary periods may also tend to decrease borrowing needs and increase the uncertainty inherent in the borrowers’ ability to pay previously advanced loans. Additionally, reinvestment of investment portfolio maturities can pose a problem as attractive rates are not as available. Management closely monitors the interest rate risk of the balance sheet and the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio in order to minimize the effects of fluctuations caused by changes in general economic conditions.

23

While we are optimistic about the prospect of continued growth and earnings improvement, any forward-looking statements by their nature are subject to assumptions, risks and uncertainties. Actual results could vary from those implied for a variety of reasons including:

•      A change in interest rates which is more immediate or more significant than anticipated.

•      The demand for new loans and the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding debt.

•      The timing of expansion plans could be altered by forces beyond our control such as weather or regulatory approvals.

•      Our ability to continue to attract new deposits from our marketplace to meet the daily liquidity needs of the company.

As of this writing, the company was not aware of any pronouncements or legislation that would have a material impact on the results of operations.

Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The major objectives of the company’s asset and liability management are to:
	(1)	manage exposure to changes in the interest rate environment to achieve a neutral interest sensitivity position within reasonable ranges,
	(2)	ensure adequate liquidity and funding,
	(3)	maintain a strong capital base, and
	(4)	maximize net interest income opportunities.

The company manages these objectives through its Senior Management and Asset and Liability Management Committees (ALCO). Members of the committees meet regularly to develop balance sheet strategies affecting the future level of net interest income, liquidity and capital. Items that are considered in asset and liability management include balance sheet forecasts, the economic environment, the anticipated direction of interest rates and the company’s earnings sensitivity to changes in these rates.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

The company analyzes its interest sensitivity position to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements through the use of gap analysis and simulation modeling. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches in the repricing of assets and liabilities within a given time period. Gap analysis is an approach used to quantify these differences. A positive gap results when the amount of interest-sensitive assets exceeds that of interest-sensitive liabilities within a given time period. A negative gap results when the amount of interest-sensitive liabilities exceeds that of interest-sensitive assets.

While gap analysis is a general indicator of the potential effect that changing interest rates may have on net interest income, the gap report has some limitations and does not present a complete picture of interest rate sensitivity. First, changes in the general level of interest rates do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or simultaneously. Second, assumptions must be made to construct a gap table. For example, non-maturity deposits are assigned a repricing interval based on internal assumptions. Management can influence the actual repricing of these deposits independent of the gap assumption. Third, the gap table represents a one-day position and cannot incorporate a changing mix of assets and liabilities over time as interest rates change.

Because of the limitations of the gap reports, the company uses simulation modeling to project future net interest income streams incorporating the current gap position, the forecasted balance sheet mix, and the anticipated spread relationships between market rates and bank products under a variety of interest rate scenarios.

The company’s interest sensitivity at December 31, 2004 was essentially neutral within reasonable ranges; for example, an interest rate fluctuation of up or down 200 basis points would not be expected to have a significant impact on net interest income.

24

INTEREST RATE GAP

The following schedule illustrates the company’s interest rate gap position as of December 31, 2004 which measures sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations for certain interest sensitivity periods.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
as of December 31, 2004
(in thousands)
			Rate Sensitive			Not
	1 to 90	91 to 180	181 to 365	1 to 5	Beyond	Rate
	Days	Days	Days	Years	5 Years	Sensitive	Total
Commercial loans	$350,837	$5,134	$11,593	$ 95,520	$ 37,040	$ 0	$500,124
Mortgage loans	595	800	2,995	12,620	3,321	0	20,331
Installment loans	24,973	6,196	12,358	59,566	9,344	0	112,437
Total Loans	376,405	12,130	26,946	167,706	49,705	0	632,892
Securities-taxable	26,418	11,725	15,651	77,605	40,456	8,073	179,928
Securities-tax free	0	420	0	24,005	27,478	0	51,903
Total Securities	26,418	12,145	15,651	101,610	67,934	8,073	231,831
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	297	198	1,485	0	0	0	1,980
Federal funds sold	1,700	0	0	0	0	0	1,700
Total Money Market Assets	1,997	198	1,485	0	0	0	3,680
Total Earning Assets	404,820	24,473	44,082	269,316	117,639	8,073	868,403
Non-earning assets	0	0	0	0	0	46,188	46,188
Allowance for credit losses	0	0	0	0	0	(7,100)	(7,100)
Total Assets	$404,820	$24,473	$44,082	$269,316	$117,639	$47,161	$907,491
Interest-bearing demand deposits	$217,669	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$217,669
Savings deposits	85,630	574	789	0	0	0	86,993
Time deposits $100,000 and over	50,127	10,736	13,532	18,508	1,422	0	94,325
Other time deposits	34,947	27,933	49,914	87,983	13,291	0	214,068
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits	388,373	39,243	64,235	106,491	14,713	0	613,055
Borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities	28,325	1,717	8,491	46,439	69,095	0	154,067
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities	416,698	40,960	72,726	152,930	83,808	0	767,122
Demand deposits	0	0	0	0	0	58,658	58,658
Other liabilities	0	0	0	0	0	5,988	5,988
Stockholders' equity	0	0	0	0	0	75,723	75,723
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity	$416,698	$40,960	$72,726	$152,930	$83,808	$140,369	$907,491
Interest Rate Sensitivity gap	$(11,878)	$(16,487)	$(28,644)	$116,386	$33,831	$(93,208)
Cumulative gap	$(11,878)	$(28,365)	$(57,009)	$59,377	$93,208

25

EARNINGS AT RISK AND ECOMONIC VALUE AT RISK SIMULATIONS

The company recognizes that more sophisticated tools exist for measuring the interest rate risk in the balance sheet beyond static gap analysis. Although it will continue to measure its static gap position, the company utilizes additional modeling for identifying and measuring the interest rate risk in the overall balance sheet. The ALCO is responsible for focusing on “earnings at risk” and “economic value at risk”, and how both relate to the risk-based capital position when analyzing the interest rate risk.

EARNINGS AT RISK

Earnings at risk simulation measures the change in net interest income and net income should interest rates rise and fall. The simulation recognizes that not all assets and liabilities reprice equally and simultaneously with market rates (i.e., savings rate). The ALCO looks at “earnings at risk” to determine income changes from a base case scenario under an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in the interest rate simulation model.

ECONOMIC VALUE AT RISK

Earnings at risk simulation measures the short-term risk in the balance sheet. Economic value (or portfolio equity) at risk measures the long-term risk by finding the net present value of the future cash flows from the company’s existing assets and liabilities. The ALCO examines this ratio monthly utilizing a rate shock of +200 basis points in the interest rate simulation model. The ALCO recognizes that, in some instances, this ratio may contradict the “earnings at risk” ratio.

The following table illustrates the simulated impact of a 200 basis point upward or downward movement in interest rates on net interest income, and the change in economic value. This analysis assumed that interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability levels at December 31, 2004 remained constant. The impact of the rate movements were developed by simulating the effect of rates changing over a twelve-month period from the December 31, 2004 levels.

	RATES + 200	RATES - 200
Earnings at risk:
Percent change in net interest income	9.31%	(7.98)%
Economic value at risk:
Percent change in economic value of equity	(24.70)%	13.76%

        Economic value has the most meaning when viewed within the context of risk-based capital. Therefore, the economic value may change beyond the company’s policy guideline for a short period of time as long as the risk-based capital ratio is greater than 10%.

LIQUIDITY

The term liquidity refers to the ability of the company to generate sufficient amounts of cash to meet its cash-flow needs. Liquidity is required to fulfill the borrowing needs of the company’s credit customers and the withdrawal and maturity requirements of its deposit customers, as well as to meet other financial commitments. Cash and cash equivalents (cash and due from banks and federal funds sold) are the company’s most liquid assets. At December 31, 2004 cash and cash equivalents totaled $15.3 million, compared to the December 31, 2003 level of $23.3 million. Financing activities provided $82.4 million and operating activities provided $11.4 million of cash and cash equivalents during the year while investing activities utilized $101.8 million. The cash flows provided by financing activities includes increases in deposits and borrowed funds while the funds provided by operating activities pertains to interest payments received on loans and investments. The cash used in investing activities consists of loan proceeds and security purchases.

Core deposits, which represent the company’s primary source of liquidity, averaged $533 million in 2004, an increase of $55 million, or 12%, from the $478 million average in 2003. This increase in average core deposits was supplemented with a $5 million increase in average jumbo certificates and a $17 million increase in average borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities.

26

The company has other potential sources of liquidity, including repurchase agreements. Additionally, the company can borrow on credit lines established at several correspondent banks and at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. The Federal Reserve Discount Window also provides an additional funding source.

Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required in Part II, Item 8 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report to security holders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

Balance Sheet	Exhibit A
Statement of Income	Exhibit B
Statement of Cash Flows	Exhibit C
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income	Exhibit D
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	Exhibit E

Additional references are made in Part IV, Item 16 of this Form 10-K.

Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

Not Applicable

Item 9A. – Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures - The company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the company’s management, including the company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the company’s Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a – 15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the company’s Chief Executive Officer along with the company’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the company’s periodic SEC filings.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting – There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are, reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for (1) the preparation of the accompanying financial statements; (2) establishing and maintaining internal controls over financial reporting; and (3) the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The Securities and Exchange Commission defines effective internal control over financial reporting as a process designed under the supervision of the company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, and implemented in conjunction with management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Therefore, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and misstatements due to error or fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. Additionally, any system of controls is subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions or that compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

27

As of December 31, 2004, management of the company conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2004.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, has been audited by Demetrius and Company, L.L.C., the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the company’s financial statements for the period covered. A copy of the Demetrius and Company, L.L.C. report is included in this annual report.

/s/ J. David Lombardi	/s/ William S. Lance
J. David Lombardi	William S. Lance
President and Chief Executive Officer	Principal Financial Officer

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

First National Community Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited management³s assessment, included in the accompanying Management³s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that First National Community Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). First National Community Bancorp, Inc.³s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management³s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company³s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management³s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control,. and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company³s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company³s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management³s assessment that First National Community Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control–lntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also in our opinion, First National Community Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders³ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows of First National Community Bancorp, Inc., and our report dated January 21, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion.

DEMETRIUS & COMPANY, L.L.C.

Wayne, New Jersey

January 21, 2005

Item 9B. – Other Information

None

28

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Part III.

Item 10 - Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Information regarding directors, nominees, principal officers, audit committees and audit committee financial experts required by this item is set forth under the captions “Information as to Nominees and Directors”, “Principal Officers of the Company”, “Principal Officers of the Bank”, “Audit Committee Financial Expert”, “Audit Committee” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

The company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to directors, officers and employees of the company and the bank. A copy of the Code of Ethics was included as an exhibit to the company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A request for the Company’s Code of Ethics can be made either in writing to William Lance, First National Community Bancorp, Inc., 102 East Drinker Street, Dunmore, Pennsylvania, 18512 or by email at fncb@fncb.com.

Item 11 - Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation”, “Option Grants in 2004”, “Compensation of Directors”, “Employment Agreement”, “Compensation Report of the Board of Directors”, and “Stock Performance Graph and Table” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12- Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Beneficial Ownership by Directors, Principal Officers and Nominees” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding the Company’s compensation plans under which equity securities of the registrant are authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2004 is set forth under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14 – Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is set forth under the caption “Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement filed for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 18, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference.

29

Part IV.

Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The information required in Item 15 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report to security holders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

EXHIBIT A - Balance Sheet - December 31, 2004 and 2003

EXHIBIT B - Statement of Income - December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

EXHIBIT C - Statement of Cash Flows - December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

EXHIBIT D - Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income – December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
2	Restricted Cash Balances
3	Investment Securities - December 31, 2004 and 2003
4	Loans and Changes in Allowance for Loan Loss - December 31, 2004 and 2003
5	Bank Premises and Equipment - December 31, 2004 and 2003
6	Deposits
7	Borrowed Funds - December 31, 2004 and 2003
8	Benefit Plans
9	Income Taxes - December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002
10	Related Party Transactions
11	Commitments
12	Stock Option Plans
13	Regulatory Matters - December 31, 2004 and 2003
14	Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments - December 31, 2004 and 2003
15	Condensed Financial Information – Parent Company Only
16	Selected Quarterly Financial Data - 2004 and 2003

EXHIBIT E – Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 10.1	1999 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
Exhibit 10.2	2000 Stock Incentive Plan
Exhibit 10.3	2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan
Exhibit 10.4	Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
Exhibit 14	The Registrant’s Code of Ethics. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission)
Exhibit 31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 32.1	Section 1350 Certification – Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 32.2	Section 1350 Certification – Chief Financial Officer

30

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized:

Registrant: FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

/s/ J. David Lombardi

J. David Lombardi, President and
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ William Lance

William Lance, Treasurer
Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer

/s/ Linda D'Amario

Linda D'Amario
Comptroller

DATE: March 30, 2005

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Directors:

/s/ Michael G. Cestone	March 30, 2005	/s/ Louis A. DeNaples	March 30, 2005
Michael G. Cestone	Date	Louis A. DeNaples	Date
		/s/ Joseph J. Gentile	March 30, 2005
Michael J. Cestone, Jr.	Date	Joseph J. Gentile	Date
/s/ Joseph Coccia	March 30, 2005	/s/ Joseph O. Haggerty	March 30, 2005
Joseph Coccia	Date	Joseph O. Haggerty	Date
/s/ William P. Conaboy	March 30, 2005	/s/ J. David Lombardi	March 30, 2005
William P. Conaboy	Date	J. David Lombardi	Date
/s/ Michael T. Conahan	March 30, 2005	/s/ John P. Moses	March 30, 2005
Michael T. Conahan	Date	John P. Moses	Date
/s/ Dominick L. DeNaples	March 30, 2005
Dominick L. DeNaples	Date	John R. Thomas	Date

31

Exhibit A – Balance Sheet

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, (in thousands, except share data)						2004		2003
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
	Cash and due from banks				$	13,653	$	23,290
	Federal funds sold					1,700		0
		Total cash and cash equivalents				15,353		23,290
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions						1,980		2,673
Securities:
	Available-for-sale, at fair value					222,282		201,204
	Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value $1,542 and $1,442)					1,486		1,415
	Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock, at cost					8,063		8,734
Net loans						625,792		552,197
Bank premises and equipment						10,054		8,758
Accrued interest receivable						3,984		3,458
Other assets						18,497		14,574
			TOTAL ASSETS		$	907,491	$	816,303
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
	Demand				$	58,658	$	73,918
	Interest-bearing demand					217,669		138,021
	Savings					86,993		88,496
	Time ($100,000 and over)					94,325		91,375
	Other time					214,068		210,259
		Total deposits				671,713		602,069
Borrowed funds						154,067		140,421
Accrued interest payable						1,534		2,031
Other liabilities						4,454		3,044
		Total liabilities			$	831,768	$	747,565
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock ($1.25 par)
	Authorized: 20,000,000 shares Issued and outstanding: 10,898,942 shares in 2004 and 10,663,670 shares in 2003				$	13,624	$	13,330
Additional paid-in capital						18,671		15,638
Retained earnings						42,398		37,135
Accumulated other comprehensive income						1,030		2,635
		Total stockholders' equity				75,723		68,738
				TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	907,491	$	816,303
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

32

Exhibit B – Statements of Income

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Year Ended December 31, (in thousands, except per share data)		2004		2003		2002
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans	$	32,982	$	30,738	$	31,477
Interest and dividends on securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		5,788		6,534		8,043
State and political subdivisions		2,524		2,853		2,734
Other securities		829		455		340
Total interest and dividends on securities		9,141		9,842		11,117
Interest on balances with financial institutions		44		82		138
Interest on federal funds sold		62		43		127
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME		42,229		40,705		42,859
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest-bearing demand		1,605		1,097		1,750
Savings		599		599		799
Time ($100,000 and over)		2,102		2,199		2,750
Other time		6,125		7,278		9,414
Interest on borrowed funds		6,529		6,237		6,086
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE		16,960		17,410		20,799
Net interest income before provision for credit losses		25,269		23,295		22,060
Provision for credit losses		1,400		1,200		1,400
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES		23,869		22,095		20,660
OTHER INCOME
Service charges		1,929		1,575		1,371
Net gain on the sale of securities		846		657		366
Net gain on the sale of loans		499		555		339
Net gain on the sale of other real estate		25		96		454
Other		1,490		1,301		1,146
TOTAL OTHER INCOME		4,789		4,184		3,676
OTHER EXPENSES
Salaries and employee benefits		8,692		7,641		6,990
Occupancy expense		1,556		1,471		1,388
Equipment expense		1,257		1,193		1,161
Directors Fees		468		464		372
Advertising expense		650		575		604
Data processing expense		1,309		1,116		941
Bank shares tax		583		410		342
Other operating expenses		2,884		2,613		2,450
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES		17,399		15,483		14,248
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		11,259		10,796		10,088
Provision for income taxes		1,996		2,159		2,063
NET INCOME	$	9,263	$	8,637	$	8,025
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
BASIC	$	0.86	$	0.82	$	0.78
DILUTED	$	0.83	$	0.79	$	0.75
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

33

Exhibit C – Statements of Cash Flows

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For The Years Ended December 31, (in thousands)		2004		2003		2002
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Interest received	$	42,633	$	41,847	$	44,085
Fees and commissions received		3,419		2,876		2,517
Interest paid		(17,457)		(17,755)		(21,987)
Cash paid to suppliers and employees		(15,019)		(14,152)		(13,253)
Income taxes paid		(2,189)		(2,759)		(2,579)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES		11,387		10,057		8,783
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Securities available for sale:
Proceeds from maturities		500		500		1,000
Proceeds from sales prior to maturity		67,933		51,282		40,088
Proceeds from calls prior to maturity		33,866		80,258		46,916
Purchases		(125,292)		(141,876)		(94,313)
Securities held to maturity:
Proceeds from calls prior to maturity		0		0		643
Net (increase)/decrease in interest-bearing bank balances		693		695		(207)
Purchase of bank owned life insurance		(2,500)		0		0
Net increase in loans to customers		(74,470)		(64,771)		(48,649)
Capital expenditures		(2,489)		(2,740)		(1,584)
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES		(101,759)		(76,652)		(56,106)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in demand deposits, money market demand, NOW accounts, and savings accounts		62,884		75,846		20,191
Net increase/(decrease) in certificates of deposit		6,759		(14,252)		2,950
Net increase in borrowed funds		13,646		13,513		25,298
Proceeds from issuance of common stock net of stock issuance costs		2,060		1,565		1,238
Proceeds from issuance of common stock - Stock Option Plans		971		982		324
Cash dividends paid		(3,885)		(3,267)		(2,832)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES		82,435		74,387		47,169
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(7,937)		7,792		(154)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR		23,290		15,498		15,652
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR	$	15,353	$	23,290	$	15,498

34

RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	9,263	$	8,637	$	8,025
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization and accretion, net		931		1,293		1,169
Depreciation and amortization		1,192		1,085		1,082
Stock based compensation - stock option plans		181		181		0
Provision for credit losses		1,400		1,200		1,400
Provision for deferred taxes		(405)		(323)		(528)
Gain on sale of securities		(846)		(657)		(366)
Gain on sale of loans		(499)		(555)		(339)
Gain on sale of other real estate		(25)		(96)		(454)
Decrease in interest payable		(497)		(345)		(1,189)
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities		1,410		632		399
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets		(192)		(845)		(473)
Decrease (increase) in interest receivable		(526)		(150)		57
Total adjustments		2,124		1,420		758
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES	$	11,387	$	10,057	$	8,783
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

35

Exhibit D – Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands, except share data)
				COMP-REHEN-SIVE	COMMON STOCK		ADD’L PAID-IN	RETAINED	ACCUMULATED OTHER COMP-REHENSIVE INCOME/
				INCOME	SHARES	AMOUNT	CAPITAL	EARNINGS	(LOSS)	TOTAL
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2001					10,215,188	$12,768	$11,566	$26,916	$536	$51,786
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		$8,025				8,025		8,025
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred income taxes of $2,216	3,936
			Reclassification adjustment for gain or loss included in income	366
		Total other comp. gain, net of tax		4,302					4,302	4,302
	Comprehensive Income			$12,327
	Cash dividends paid, $0.275 per share							(2,832)		(2,832)
	Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock- Stock option plans				44,000	56	310	(42)		324
	Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock through dividend reinvestment				156,164	196	1,189	(147)		1,238
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2002					10,415,352	$13,020	$13,065	$31,920	$4,838	$62,843
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		$8,637				8,637		8,637
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred income tax benefit of $1,135	(2,860)
			Reclassification adjustment for gain or loss included in income	657
		Total other comp. loss, net of tax		(2,203)					(2,203)	(2,203)
	Comprehensive Income			$6,434
	Cash dividends paid, $0.31 per share							(3,267)		(3,267)
	Stock based compensation – Stock Option Plans						181			181
	Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock- Stock option plans				129,600	162	901	(81)		982
	Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock through dividend reinvestment				118,718	148	1,491	(74)		1,565
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2003					10,663,670	$13,330	$15,638	$37,135	$2,635	$68,738
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		$9,263				9,263		9,263
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred income tax benefit of $826	(2,451)
			Reclassification adjustment for gain or loss included in income	846
		Total other comp. loss, net of tax		(1,605)					(2,203)	(2,203)
	Comprehensive Income			$7,658
	Cash dividends paid, $0.36 per share							(3,885)		(3,885)
	Stock based compensation – Stock Option Plans						181			181
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock- Stock option plans					119,500	149	883	(61)		971
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock through dividend reinvestment					115,772	145	1,969	(54)		2,060
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 2004					10,898,942	$13,624	$18,671	$42,398	$1,030	$75,723
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The accounting and reporting policies that affect the more significant elements of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “company”) financial statements are summarized below. They have been followed on a consistent basis and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and conform to general practice within the banking industry.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

The company is a registered bank holding company, incorporated under the laws of the state of Pennsylvania. It is the parent company of First National Community Bank (the “bank”) and it’s wholly owned subsidiary FNCB Realty, Inc.

The bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through its sixteen banking locations located in northeastern Pennsylvania. It provides a full range of commercial banking services which includes commercial, residential and consumer lending. Additionally, the bank provides to it's customers a variety of deposit products, including demand checking and interest-bearing deposit accounts.

FNCB Realty, Inc.’s operating activities include the acquisition, holding, and disposition of certain real estate acquired in satisfaction of loan commitments owed by third party debtors to the bank.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First National Community Bancorp, Inc., the bank and it’s wholly owned subsidiary FNCB Realty, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

SECURITIES

Debt securities that management has the ability and intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discounts using methods approximating the interest method. Other marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are recognized as direct increases or decreases in stockholders' equity. Cost of securities sold is recognized using the specific identification method.

Investments in the Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock are carried at cost due to restrictions on their sale due to regulatory requirements.

LOANS

Loans are stated at face value, net of unamortized loan fees and costs and the allowance for credit losses. Interest on all loans is recognized on the accrual basis, based upon the principal amount outstanding.

Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when management believes that the collection of interest or principal is doubtful. This is generally when a default of interest or principal has existed for 90 days or more, unless such loan is fully secured and in the process of collection. When the interest accrual is discontinued, interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and the accrual of income from prior years is charged against the allowance for credit losses. Any payments received are applied, first to the outstanding loan amounts, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of lost interest.

LOAN IMPAIRMENT

The Bank applies the provisions of SFAS No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, and SFAS No. 118, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures, in it’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. SFAS 114 requires that certain impaired loans be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, net of disposal costs, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. As a practical expedient, impairment may be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, net of disposal costs, if the loan is collateral dependent. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a valuation allowance.

37

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level which, in management's judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management's evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. The allowance is increased by a provision for credit losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Amounts are charged off after giving due consideration to such factors as the customer’s financial condition, underlying collateral and guarantees, and general and industry economic conditions. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for credit losses.

LOAN FEES

Loan origination and commitment fees, as well as certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan's yield. The bank is generally amortizing these amounts over the life of the related loans except for residential mortgage loans, where the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. For these mortgage loans, the net deferred fees are amortized over an estimated average life of 7.5 years. Amortization of deferred loan fees is discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

OTHER REAL ESTATE (ORE)

Real estate acquired in satisfaction of a loan and in-substance foreclosures are reported in other assets. In-substance foreclosures are properties in which the borrower has little or no equity in collateral, where repayment of the loan is expected only from the operation or sale of the collateral, and the borrower either effectively abandons control of the property or the borrower has retained control of the property but his ability to rebuild equity based on current financial conditions is considered doubtful. Properties acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and properties classified as in-substance foreclosures are transferred to ORE and recorded at the lower of cost or fair value (less estimated selling cost for disposal of real estate) at the date actually or constructively received. Costs associated with the repair or improvement of the real estate are capitalized when such costs significantly increase the value of the asset, otherwise, such costs are expensed. An allowance for losses on ORE is maintained for subsequent valuation adjustments on a specific property basis.

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Routine maintenance and repair expenditures are expensed as incurred while significant expenditures are capitalized. Depreciation expense is determined on the straight-line method over the following ranges of useful lives:

Buildings and improvements	10 to 40 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 to 15 years
Leasehold improvements	5 to 30 years

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are charged to operations in the year incurred and totaled $650,000, $575,000 and $604,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

The company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax return. Under tax sharing agreements, each subsidiary provides for and settles income taxes with the company as if they would have filed on a separate return basis.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

38

NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share have been computed by dividing net income (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator) for the period. Such shares amounted to 10,780,407 in 2004, 10,528,978 in 2003 and 10,296,251 in 2002.

Diluted earnings per share have been computed by dividing net income (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares and options outstanding (the denominator) for the period. Such shares amounted to 11,172,587 in 2004, 10,987,190 in 2003 and 10,706,854 in 2002.

All share and per share information has been adjusted to reflect the retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividends paid on September 30, 2004 and January 31, 2003.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As of January 1, 2003 the Company adopted SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment to SFAS No. 123, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. The Company has elected to apply the prospective method as permitted by SFAS No. 148. Accordingly all options granted on and after January 1, 2003 are charged against income at their fair value. Those issued prior to adoption are accounted for on the intrinsic method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25. Refer to the table in Note 12 to the financial statements illustrating the effect on the earnings for the three years presented.

BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE

Bank owned life insurance policies (BOLI) are carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Income on the investments in the policies, net of insurance costs, is recorded as non-interest income.

SEGMENT REPORTING

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. SFAS No. 131 requires that public companies report certain information about operating segments in complete sets of financial statements of the company and in condensed financial statements of interim periods issued to shareholders. It also requires that public companies report certain information about their products and services, the geographic areas in which they operate, and their major customers. SFAS No. 131 applies to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.

First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is a one bank holding company operating primarily in northeastern Pennsylvania. The primary purpose of the company is the delivery of financial services within its market by means of a branch network located in Lackawanna and Luzerne counties. Each of the company’s entities are part of the same reporting segment, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by management. Therefore, consolidated financial statements, as presented, fairly reflect the operating results of the financial services segment of our business.

NEW FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46), which establishes guidance for determining when an entity should consolidate another entity that meets the definition of a variable interest entity. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company will absorb a majority of the expected losses, will receive a majority of the expected residual returns, or both. Transferors to qualified special-purpose entities (“QSPEs”) and certain other interests in a QSPE are not subject to the requirements of FIN 46. On December 17, 2003, the FASB revised FIN 46 (FIN 46R) and deferred the effective date of FIN 46 to no later than the end of the first reporting period that ends after March 15, 2004, however, for special-purpose entities the Company would be required to apply FIN 46 as of December 31, 2003. The Interpretation had no effect on the company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. This statement provides new rules on the accounting for certain financial instruments that, under previous guidance, issuers could account for as equity. Such financial instruments include mandatorily redeemable shares, instruments that require the issuer to buy back some of its shares in exchange for cash or other assets, or obligations that can be settled with shares, the monetary value of which is fixed. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 30, 2003. This statement had no effect on the company’s consolidated financial statements.

39

2. RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES:

The bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances as established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those reserve balances for the reserve computation period which included December 31, 2004 was $75,000, which amount was satisfied through the restriction of vault cash.

In addition, the bank maintains compensating balances at correspondent banks, most of which are not required, but are used to offset specific charges for services. At December 31, 2004, the amount of these balances was $800,000.

3. SECURITIES:

Securities have been classified in the consolidated financial statements according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values (in thousands) at December 31 follow:

Available-for-sale Securities:

		Gross	Gross
		Unrealized	Unrealized	Net
	Amortized	Holding	Holding	Carrying
	Cost	Gains	Losses	Value
December 31, 2004
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$ 31,958	$ 6	$ 194	$ 31,770
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	51,627	2,899	57	54,469
Mortgage-backed securities	117,986	183	1,119	117,050
Corporate debt securities	19,138	17	172	18,983
Equity securities	10	0	0	10
Total	$220,719	$3,105	$1,542	$222,282

December 31, 2003
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$ 17,632	$ 186	$ 47	$ 17,771
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	56,527	3,631	34	60,124
Mortgage-backed securities	109,922	1,212	856	110,278
Corporate debt securities	13,121	4	104	13,021
Equity securities	10	0	0	10
Total	$197,212	$5,033	$1,041	$201,204

Held-to-maturity Securities:

		Gross	Gross
	Net	Unrealized	Unrealized
	Carrying	Holding	Holding	Fair
	Value	Gains	Losses	Value
December 31, 2004
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	$1,486	$ 56	$ 0	$1,542
Total	$1,486	$ 56	$ 0	$1,542

40

		Gross	Gross
	Net	Unrealized	Unrealized
	Carrying	Holding	Holding	Fair
	Value	Gains	Losses	Value
December 31, 2003
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	$1,415	$ 27	$ 0	$1,442
Total	$1,415	$ 27	$ 0	$1,442

Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2004, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows:

	Less Than 12 Months		12 Months or Greater		Total
	Fair Value	Gross Unrealized Losses	Fair Value	Gross Unrealized Losses	Fair Value	Gross Unrealized Losses
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$ 25,779	$ 194	$ 0	$ 0	$ 25,779	$ 194
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	2,888	36	402	21	3,290	57
Mortgage-backed securities	73,133	839	13,488	280	86,621	1,119
Corporate debt securities	5,927	101	2,040	71	7,967	172
	$107,727	$1,170	$15,930	$372	$123,657	$1,542

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a monthly basis. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

At December 31, 2004, the sixty-two debt securities with unrealized losses have depreciated 1.2% from their amortized cost basis. The maturity of these securities are guaranteed by either the U.S. Government, government sponsored agencies, other governments or corporations. These unrealized losses relate principally to current interest rates for similar types of securities. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government, its agencies, other governments or corporations; whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred; and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition. As management has the ability to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available-for-sale, no declines are deemed to be other-than-temporary.

The following table shows the amortized cost and approximate fair value of the company's debt securities (in thousands) at December 31, 2004 using contracted maturities. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturity because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Available-for-sale		Held-to-maturity
		Net	Net
	Amortized	Carrying	Carrying	Fair
	Cost	Value	Value	Value
Amounts maturing in:
One Year or Less	$ 5,029	$ 5,028	$ 0	$ 0
One Year through Five Years	6,478	6,522	0	0
After Five Years through Ten Years	23,871	23,748	0	0
After Ten Years	67,345	69,924	1,486	1,542
Mortgage-backed Securities	117,986	117,050	0	0
Total	$220,709	$222,272	$1,486	$1,542

41

Gross proceeds from the sale of securities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 were $67,933,000, $51,282,000, and $40,088,000, respectively with the gross realized gains being $1,152,000, $999,000, and $405,000, respectively, and gross realized losses being $306,000, $342,000, and $39,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, securities with a carrying amount of $132,900,000 and $76,692,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes.

4. LOANS:

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:

	(in thousands)
	2004	2003
Real estate loans, secured by residential properties	$ 93,888	$ 93,055
Real estate loans, secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties	308,904	244,368
Commercial and industrial loans	130,937	132,319
Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures	69,027	66,981
Loans to state and political subdivisions	29,774	21,734
All other loans, including overdrafts	362	318
Gross loans	632,892	558,775
Less: Allowance for credit losses	(7,100)	(6,578)
Net loans	$625,792	$552,197

Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:

	(in thousands)
	2004	2003	2002
Balance, beginning of year	$6,578	$6,140	$5,594
Recoveries credited to allowance	250	240	164
Provision for credit losses	1,400	1,200	1,400
TOTAL	8,228	7,580	7,158
Losses charged to allowance	1,128	1,002	1,018
Balance, end of year	$7,100	$6,578	$6,140

Information concerning the bank’s recorded investment in nonaccrual and restructured loans is as follows:

	(in thousands)
	2004	2003
Nonaccrual loans
Impaired	$ 0	$ 0
Other	303	844
Restructured loans	0	0
Total	$303	$844

The interest income that would have been earned in 2004, 2003 and 2002 on nonaccrual and restructured loans outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 in accordance with their original terms approximated $42,000, $65,000 and $4,000. The interest income actually realized on such loans in 2004, 2003 and 2002 approximated $13,000, $15,000 and $0. As of December 31, 2004, there were no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers of impaired, restructured or nonaccrual loans.

42

5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

Bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

	(in thousands)
	2004	2003
Land	$ 1,386	$ 1,386
Buildings	4,622	4,585
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	7,867	6,380
Leasehold improvements	3,717	3,183
Total	17,592	15,534
Less accumulated depreciation	7,538	6,776
Net	$10,054	$ 8,758

6. DEPOSITS:

At December 31, 2004 time deposits including certificates of deposit and Individual Retirement Accounts have the scheduled maturities as follows:

	(in thousands)
	Time Deposits $100,000 and Over	Other Time Deposits	Total
2005	$74,394	$111,813	$186,207
2006	6,462	38,709	45,171
2007	6,823	31,704	38,527
2008	1,038	9,270	10,308
2009 and Thereafter	5,608	22,572	28,180
Total	$94,325	$214,068	$308,393

7. BORROWED FUNDS:

Borrowed funds at December 31, 2004 and 2003 include the following (in thousands):

	2004	2003
Treasury Tax and Loan Demand Note	$ 325	$ 324
Borrowings under Lines of Credit	153,742	140,097
Total	$154,067	$140,421

During 2004, the average outstanding balance on these credit lines amounted to $1,774,000 and the average rate paid in 2004 was 1.42%.

43

The following table presents Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB of Pittsburgh”) advances at their maturity dates (in thousands):

	December 31, 2004
	Amount	Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within one year	$ 15,293	3.49%
After one year but within two years	22,624	2.76
After two years but within three years	2,480	4.71
After three years but within four years	28,727	4.79
After four years but within five years	9,452	4.77
After five years	75,166	4.75
	$153,742	4.34%

The FHLB of Pittsburgh advances include $16 million which reset quarterly and $138 million with fixed rates. All advances are collateralized either under a blanket pledge agreement by one to four family mortgage loans or with mortgage-backed securities. In addition, the company is required to purchase stock based upon the amount of advances outstanding.

At December 31, 2004, the company had available from the FHLB of Pittsburgh an open line of credit for $20,496,000 which expires on December 14, 2005. The line of credit may bear interest at either a fixed rate or a variable rate, such rate being set at the time of the funding request. In addition, at December 31, 2004, the company had available overnight repricing lines of credit with other correspondent banks totaling $25,000,000. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the company had no borrowings outstanding with correspondent banks.

The maximum amount of borrowings outstanding at any month end during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 were $163,469,000 and $160,368,000, respectively.

8. BENEFIT PLANS:

The bank has a defined contribution profit sharing plan which covers all eligible employees. The bank's contribution to the plan is determined at management's discretion at the end of each year and funded. Contributions to the plan in 2004, 2003 and 2002 amounted to $480,000, $420,000, and $375,000, respectively.

The bank has an unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation plan covering all eligible bank officers and directors as defined by the plan. This plan permits eligible participants to elect to defer a portion of their compensation. At December 31, 2004, elective deferred compensation amounting to $1,975,000 plus $1,103,000 in accrued interest has been included in other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.

9. INCOME TAXES:

The provision for income taxes included in the statement of income is comprised of the following components (in thousands):

	2004	2003	2002
Current	$2,401	$2,482	$2,591
Deferred	(405)	(323)	(528)
TOTAL	$1,996	$2,159	$2,063

44

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

	2004	2003
Allowance for Credit Losses	$ 2,414	$ 2,236
Deferred Compensation	1,047	828
Stock Based Compensation	122	62
Gross Deferred Tax Asset	3,583	3,126
Unrealized Holding Gains on Securities Available-for-Sale	$(531)	$(1,357)
Deferred Loan Origination Fees	(252)	(230)
Depreciation	(367)	(253)
Gross Deferred Tax Liability	$(1,150)	$(1,840)
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance	(56)	(140)
Net Deferred Tax Assets	$ 2,377	$ 1,146

The provision for Income Taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined applying the applicable U.S. Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to pre-tax income from continuing operations as a result of the following differences (in thousands):

	2004	2003	2002
Provision at Statutory Tax Rates	$3,828	$3,671	$3,430
Add (Deduct):
Tax Effects of Non-Taxable Interest Income	(1,308)	(1,280)	(1,272)
Non-Deductible Interest Expense	109	115	145
Other Items Net	(633)	(347)	(240)
Provision for Income Taxes	$1,996	$2,159	$2,063

The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax asset was a decrease of

$84,000 in 2004 and $111,000 in 2003. The changes relate to a decrease in the provision for income taxes to which this valuation relates.

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, certain officers and directors and/or their affiliates were indebted to the bank in the aggregate amounts of $21,477,000 and $25,147,000. Such indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. During 2004, $79,303,000 of new loans were made and repayments totaled $82,973,000. The bank was also committed under standby letters of credit as described in Note 11.

Deposits from certain officers and directors and/or their affiliates held by the bank at December 31, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $62,352,000 and $51,171,000.

45

11. COMMITMENTS:

(a) Leases:

At December 31, 2004, the company was obligated under certain noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more. Minimum future obligations under noncancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

	FACILITIES	EQUIPMENT
2005	$ 413	$102
2006	258	79
2007	247	66
2008	174	28
2009 and thereafter	197	4
Total	$1,289	$279

Total rental expense under operating leases amounted to $540,000 in 2004, $490,000 in 2003, and $492,000 in 2002.

(b) Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk:

The bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit which involve varying degrees of credit, interest rate or liquidity risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The bank's exposure to credit loss from nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

	2004	2003
Commitments to extend credit	$131,320	$103,987
Standby letters of credit	39,812	35,668

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with contractual provisions. These commitments usually are for specific periods or contain termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee. The total amounts of unused commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Letters of credit and financial guarantees are agreements whereby the company guarantees the performance of a customer to a third party. Collateral may be required to support letters of credit in accordance with management’s evaluation of the creditworthiness of each customer. The credit exposure assumed in issuing letters of credit is essentially equal to that in other lending activities.

Outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit issued to or on behalf of related parties amounted to $11,833,000 and $10,824,000 and $2,076,000 and $362,000 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

(c) Concentration of Credit Risk:

Cash Concentrations: The bank maintains cash balances at several correspondent banks. The aggregate cash balances represent federal funds sold of $1,700,000 and $0; and due from bank accounts in excess of the limit covered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation amounting to $500,000 and $944,000 as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Loan Concentrations: At December 31, 2004, 43% of the bank’s commercial loan portfolio was concentrated in loans in the following eight industries. Substantially all of these loans are secured by first mortgages on commercial properties. Floor plan loans to automobile dealers are secured by a first lien security interest in the vehicle inventories of the dealer.

46

	In thousands	%
Shopping Centers/Complexes	$36,419	7.3%
Hotels	33,510	6.7
Restaurants	29,827	6.0
Land Subdivision	27,874	5.6
Automobile Dealers	24,818	5.0
Office Complexes/Units	21,292	4.3
General Government	20,797	4.1
Gas Stations	20,137	4.0

(d) Other:

The company is also a party to routine litigation involving various aspects of its business, none of which, in the opinion of management and its legal counsel, is expected to have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the company.

12. STOCK OPTION PLANS:

On August 30, 2000, the Corporation’s board of directors adopted an Employee Stock Incentive Plan in which options may be granted to key officers and other employees of the Corporation. The aggregate number of shares which may be issued upon exercise of the options under the plan cannot exceed 800,000 shares. Options and rights granted under the plan may be exercised six months after the date the options are awarded and expire ten years after the award date.

The board of directors also adopted on August 30, 2000, the Independent Directors Stock Option Plan for members of the corporation’s board of directors who are not officers or employees of the corporation or its subsidiaries. The aggregate number of shares issuable under the plan cannot exceed 400,000 shares and are exercisable six months from the date the awards are granted for a period of three years.

During the first quarter of calendar 2003, the company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, for stock-based employee compensation, effective as of January 1, 2003. Under the prospective method of adoption selected by the company, stock-based compensation cost will be recognized using the fair value method for all awards granted, modified or settled on or after that effective date.

Prior to 2003, the Company measured stock compensation cost using the intrinsic value method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. Accordingly, no compensation cost was recognized for stock option awards granted in 2002. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (in thousands) and earnings per share if the fair value based method had been applied to awards made in 2004, 2003 and 2002 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123.

47

	Year Ended December 31,
	2004	2003	2002
Net income, as reported	$9,263	$8,637	$8,025
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects	120	120	0
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects	(120)	(120)	(149)
Pro forma net income	$9,263	$8,637	$7,876
Basic Earnings per share: As reported Pro forma	$0.86 $0.86	$0.82 $0.82	$0.78 $0.76
Diluted Earnings per share: As reported Pro forma	$0.83 $0.83	$0.79 $0.79	$0.75 $0.74

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model average assumptions:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2004	2003	2002
Dividend yield	1.53%	2.18%	2.93%
Expected life	10 years	10 years	5.98 years
Expected volatility	25.6%	21.8%	20.0%
Risk-free interest rate	4.43%	.96%	1.70%

A summary of the status of the company’s stock option plans is presented below:

	2004		2003		2002
	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Shares	Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at the beginning of the year	458,000	$ 8.889	517,600	$ 7.903	359,600	$7.791
Granted	21,700	22.980	70,000	13.760	206,000	7.993
Exercised	(119,500)	8.126	(129,600)	7.580	(44,000)	7.365
Forfeited	0	0	0	0	(4,000)	8.388
Outstanding at the end of the year	360,200	$9.992	458,000	$8.889	517,600	$7.903
Options exercisable at year end	338,500	$9.159	388,000	$8.011	311,600	$7.844
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year		$8.42		$2.60		$1.09

48

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2004 is as follows:

	Options Outstanding			Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Price	Number Outstanding	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life	Weighted Average Exercise Price	Number Exercisable	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$7.9925-$7.9925	56,000	0.7 years	$ 7.9925	56,000	$ 7.9925
$7.1375-$22.9800	304,200	7.6 years	10.3600	282,500	9.3900
	360,200			338,500

13. REGULATORY MATTERS:

The bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2004, that the bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2004, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the bank as “Well Capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “Well Capitalized” the bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

(in thousands)

	Actual		For Capital Adequacy Purposes:		To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions:
	Amount	Ratio	Amount	Ratio	Amount	Ratio
As of December 31, 2004:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$81,793	11.22%	>$58,294	>8.0%	>$72,868	>10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$74,693	10.25%	>$29,147	>4.0%	>$43,721	>6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)	$74,693	8.69%	>$34,369	>4.0%	>$42,961	>5.0%
As of December 31, 2003:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$72,681	11.47%	>$50,701	>8.0%	>$63,376	>10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$66,103	10.43%	>$25,350	>4.0%	>$38,026	>6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)	$66,103	8.52%	>$31,037	>4.0%	>$38,797	>5.0%

Banking regulations also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of the bank's regulatory agency. Retained earnings against which dividends may be paid without prior approval of the federal banking regulators amounted to $19,826,000 at December 31, 2004, subject to the minimum capital ratio requirements noted above.

49

14. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, (SFAS 107) requires annual disclosure of estimated fair value of on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and short-term investments:

Cash and short-term investments include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions:

The fair value of these financial instruments is estimated using rates currently available for investments of similar maturities.

Securities:

For securities held for investment purposes, the fair values have been individually determined based on currently quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Loans:

The fair value of loans has been estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposits:

The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed funds:

Rates currently available to the bank for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

The estimated fair values of the bank's financial instruments (in thousands) are as follows:

	December 31, 2004
	Carrying Value	Fair Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and short term investments	$ 15,353	$ 15,353
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions	1,980	1,975
Securities	231,831	231,887
Gross Loans	632,892	632,989
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits	$671,713	$672,030
Borrowed funds	154,067	156,541
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit	$0	$322

50

	December 31, 2003
	Carrying Value	Fair Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and short term investments	$ 23,290	$ 23,290
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions	2,673	2,672
Securities	211,353	211,380
Gross Loans	558,775	565,310
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits	$602,069	$603,976
Borrowed funds	140,421	148,910
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit	$0	$280

15. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION – PARENT COMPANY ONLY:

Condensed parent company only financial information is as follows (in thousands):

Condensed Balance Sheet December 31,	2004	2003
Assets:
Cash	$ 381	$ 243
Investment in Subsidiary (equity method)	75,342	68,495
Total Assets	$75,723	$68,738
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Stockholders’ equity	$75,723	$68,738

Condensed Statement of Income for the years ending December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	2004	2003	2002
Income:
Dividends from Subsidiary	$1,025	$ 800	$1,125
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiary	8,270	7,861	6,926
Total Income	$9,295	$8,661	$8,051
Expenses	32	24	26
Net Income	$9,263	$8,637	$8,025

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the years ending December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002	2004	2003	2002
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income	$9,263	$8,637	$8,025
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary	(8,270)	(7,861)	(6,926)
Decrease in other assets	0	5	31
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$ 993	$ 781	$1,130
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Cash dividends	$(3,885)	$(3,267)	$(2,832)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock net of stock issuance costs	3,030	2,547	1,562
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities	$( 855)	$( 720)	$(1,270)
Increase (decrease) in Cash	$ 138	$ 61	$ (140)
Cash at Beginning of Year	243	182	322
Cash at End of Year	$ 381	$ 243	$ 182

51

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

In 1999, the company adopted a dividend reinvestment plan. Shares of stock issued in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were 115,772 shares, 118,718 shares and 156,164 shares, respectively, in lieu of paying cash dividends of $2,060,000 in 2004, $1,565,000 in 2003 and $1,238,000 in 2002.

16. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED):

In thousands, except per share amounts

	Quarter Ending
	March 31,	June 30,	September 30,	December 31,
2004
Interest income	$10,019	$10,156	$10,685	$11,369
Interest expense	4,049	4,109	4,265	4,537
Net interest income	5,970	6,047	6,420	6,832
Provision for credit losses	225	225	225	725
Other income	1,359	1,401	1,044	985
Other expenses	4,178	4,152	4,307	4,762
Provision for income taxes	595	679	628	94
Net income	$ 2,331	$ 2,392	$ 2,304	$ 2,236
Earnings per share:
Basic	$0.22	$0.22	$0.21	$0.21
Diluted	$0.21	$0.22	$0.21	$0.19
2003
Interest income	$10,191	$10,163	$10,150	$10,201
Interest expense	4,608	4,466	4,213	4,123
Net interest income	5,583	5,697	5,937	6,078
Provision for credit losses	325	325	225	325
Other income	1,188	1,217	840	939
Other expenses	3,625	3,665	3,918	4,275
Provision for income taxes	586	618	515	440
Net income	$ 2,235	$ 2,306	$ 2,119	$ 1,977
Earnings per share:
Basic	$0.22	$0.22	$0.20	$0.18
Diluted	$0.21	$0.21	$0.20	$0.17

52

Exhibit E – Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

First National Community Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards ofthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position ofFirst National Community Bancorp, Inc. as ofDecember 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results oftheir operations and their cash flows for each ofthe three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as ofDecember 31, 2004,based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee ofSponsoring Organizations ofthe Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated January 21, 2005expressed an unqualified opinion on management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

DEMETRIUS & COMPANY, L.L.C.

Wayne, New Jersey

January 21, 2005

53

EX-10

EXHIBIT 10.1

FIRST NATIONAL

COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

Prospectus

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

1999 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

250,000 Shares of Common Stock

Trading Symbol: FNCB

This Prospectus relates to 250,000 shares of common stock of First National Community Bancorp, Inc., 102 East Drinker Street, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512, telephone number: (570) 346-7667 that the company may issue, from time to time, under the First National Community Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. Please keep this proxy statement for future use.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 for information that prospective participants in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan should consider before joining the plan.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this proxy statement. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares of common stock offered in this proxy statement are not savings accounts, deposits, or other obligations of a bank or savings association and are not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this proxy statement, and if given or made, any information or representation should not be relied upon as having been authorized. This proxy statement does not constitute an offer to any person to exchange or sell, or a solicitation from any person of an offer to exchange or purchase, the securities offered by this proxy statement, or the solicitation of a proxy from any person, in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this proxy statement nor any distribution of the securities to which this proxy statement relates shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the information contained herein is correct at any time subsequent to the date set forth below.

The date of this Prospectus is May 12, 1999

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		PAGE
SUMMARY
General	1
The Company	1
Administration of the Plan	2
Eligibility	2
Purchases	2
Reports	2
Withdrawal of Participation	2
Withdrawal of Shares	2
RISK FACTORS	4
Limited History of Profitability; Dependence on Subsidiary Bank	4
The Banking Industry is Highly Competitive	4
Sensitivity to General Economic Conditions and Other Similar Factors	4
Potential Impact of Change in Interest Rates	5
Allowance for Loan Losses may not always be adequate	5
Changes in Real Estate Values may have adverse impact on Loans secured by Real Estate	5
Regulations that protect Depositors may adversely affect Shareholders	6
Year 2000 Considerations	6
Lack of Trading Market	6
Limitations on Payment of Dividends	6
Anti-Takeover Measures	6
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Purpose	7
Advantages	7
Administration	7
Participation	8
Purchases	9
Voluntary Cash Payments	10
Reports to Participants	11
Share Certificates; Safekeeping	11
Withdrawal of Shares in Plan Accounts	11
Termination of Participation in Dividend Reinvestment Plan	12
Federal Tax Information	12
Reinvestment Dividends	12
Voluntary Cash Payments	13
Brokerage Commissions	13
Additional Information	13
Other Information	13
MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS	14
USE OF PROCEEDS	15

i

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION	16
BUSINESS	35
The Company	35
The Bank	35
Competition	36
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 37
Securities Regulation	37
Adequacy Guidelines	37
Prompt Corrective Action Rules	38
Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends	38
FDIC Insurance Assessments	39
New Legislation	39
Interstate Banking	39
Employees	40
Properties	40
Legal Proceedings	41
MANAGEMENT	41
Family Relationships	42
The Board of Directors	42
Compensation of Directors	43
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation	43
Employment Agreements	43
	44
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT	44
Board of Directors Report on Executive Compensation	46
PERFORMANCE GRAPH	46
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIPS OF SHARES	46
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS	48
Indebtedness of Management	48
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES	48
Common Stock	48
Legal Opinion	48
Anti-Takeover Provision	48
LEGAL MATTERS	53
EXPERTS	53
AVAILABLE INFORMATION	F-1

ii

SUMMARY

General

First National Community Bancorp, Inc. has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register securities offered by this prospectus under the terms of the company’s 1999 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan. The plan offers the company’s shareholders an opportunity to automatically reinvest their cash dividends in shares of the company’s common stock. The plan also provides participating shareholders with a convenient and economical way to voluntarily purchase additional shares of common stock through voluntary cash payments of between $100 and $2,500 per calendar quarter.

The plan administrator will automatically reinvest cash dividends on shares registered in a participant’s name or that are kept in a participant’s account under the plan in additional shares of common stock. The administrator will purchase shares directly from the company, in the open market, or in negotiated transactions. Participating shareholders will receive a 5% discount for shares they purchase through the plan. The purchase price of the shares purchased from the company will be the fair market value per share on the date of purchase, less the 5% discount. The purchase price of shares purchased in the open market or in negotiated transactions will be the weighted average of the prices actually paid for the shares, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions and expenses, less the 5% discount. Shareholders who do not elect to participate in the plan will receive dividends, as declared and paid, by check or advice of credit to their account.

The plan does not represent a change in the company’s dividend policy or a guarantee of future dividends. The Board’s declaration of dividends continues to depend on earnings, financial requirements and other factors. All shareholders of common stock are eligible to participate in the plan.

An investment in common stock held in the plan account has the same market risks as an investment in common stock held in certificate form. Participants bear the risk of loss, and receive the benefit of gain, occurring by reason of fluctuations in the market price of the common stock held in the participants plan account. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and subject to, the more detailed information and financial statements and the notes the financial statements included in this prospectus. We encourage each investor to read this entire prospectus. Investors should carefully consider the information discussed under the caption “Risk Factors.”

The Company

First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is a one-bank holding company, incorporated on February 4, 1997, and headquartered in Dunmore, Pennsylvania. The company became a bank holding company on July 1, 1998, when it acquired all of the outstanding shares of First National Community Bank. Through its sole, wholly-owned subsidiary, First National Community Bank, the company is primarily engaged in commercial and retail banking services and in related businesses.

The principal executive offices ofthe bank and First National Community Bancorp, Inc. are located at 102 East Drinker Street, Dunmore, Pennsylvania 185 12-2491, and the telephone number is (570)346-7667.

1

Administration of the Plan

Registrar and Transfer Company will administer the plan. Registrar and Transfer Company is also First National Community’s stock transfer agent. The administrator, among other things, keeps the records and sends detailed statements of account to participants.

Eligibility

Generally, all shareholders of common stock are eligible to participate in the plan. An eligible shareholder may join the plan by completing and signing an authorization form appointing Registrar and Transfer Company as his or her agent to reinvest the dividends paid on some or on all shares of common stock.

Purchases

The number of shares purchased on each dividend payment date depends upon a number of factors including:

the amount of dividends payable on shares in the plan;

voluntary cash investments made by investors; and the purchase price of the common stock for the payment period.

Reports

The administrator will send each participant a statement of account after each dividend payment date. The statement will describe cash dividends and voluntary cash investments received, the number of shares purchased, the price per share and the total number of shares accumulated under the plan.

Withdrawal of Participation

A participant may withdraw participation under the plan by sending written notice to the administrator. The administrator will issue a certificate for whole shares credited to the participant’s account and a check representing the value of any fractional shares based on the then current market value per share of the company’s common stock.

Withdrawal of Shares

A participant may withdraw some or all of the shares credited to his or her account by completing a withdrawal notification specifying the number of shares to be withdrawn. A participant may also request that the administrator sell shares withdrawn from his or her account. If selling shares, participants are responsible for fees, brokerage commissions, and service charges incurred in connection with the sale.

END OF SUMMARY

2

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Please read the following selected financial data in conjunction with the company’s consolidated

financial statements, related notes, other financial information and Management’s Discussion and

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus.

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(In thousands, except per share data)

For Years Ended December 31,	1998	1997	1996	1995	1994
Total assets	$483,385	$428,335	$372,438	$318,026	$269,679
Interest-bear bal with financial inst	$ 2,478	$ 1,586	$ 2,771	775	$ 2,754
Securities	$131,830	$121,367	$ 82,476	$ 69,408	$ 55,403
Net loans	$324,610	$280,731	$259,880	$229,643	$193,254
Total deposits	$380,039	$345,668	$320,968	$275,739	$236,864
Stockholders’ equity	$ 34,679	$ 31,580	$ 27,631	$ 25,547	$ 17,117
Net interest income before provision for credit losses	$ 15,445	$ 14,580	$ 12,765	$ 11,286	$ 9,882
Provision for credit losses	$920	$ 1,110	$820	$796	$700
Other Income	$ 1,583	$ 1,628	$ 1,099	$921	$925
Other expenses	$ 9,423	$ 8,839	$ 7,904	$ 7,097	$ 6,369
Income before income taxes	$ 6,685	$ 6,259	$ 5,140	$ 4,314	$ 3,738
Provision for income taxes	$ 1,578	$ 1,616	$ 1,265	$ 1,100	$888
Net income	$ 5,107	$ 4,643	$ 3,875	$ 3,214	$ 2,850
Cash dividends paid	$ 1,703	$ 1,396	$ 1,178	$887	$780
Per share data:
Net income	$2.13	$1.94	$1.62	$1.52	$1.39
Cash dividends (2)	$0.71	$0.58	$0.49	$0.41	$0.38
Book value (153)	$ 14.46	$ 13.17	$ 11.52	$ 12.08	$8.35
Weighted average number of shares outstanding	2,398,360	2,398,360	2,398,360	2,114,192	2,050,960
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assets	1.13%	1.16%	1.13%	1.08%	1.16%
Return on equity	15.29%	15.85%	14.83%	16.29%	16.51%
Net interest margin on average
earning assets	3.84%	4.09%	4.25%	4.19%	4.48%
Efficiency (non-interest expense/net
interest income + non-interest income)	51.89%	50.77%	53.25%	54.76%	55.66%
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RATIOS
Shareholders’ equity (% assets)	7.17%	7.37%	7.42%	8.03%	6.35%
Risk based:
Tier I Capital	10.19%	10.94%	10.27%	10.88%	9.93%
Total Capital	11.45%	12.19%	11.46%	12.12%	11.13%
Dividends (% net income)	33.35%	30.06%	30.40%	27.60%	27.36%
Loans to deposits	85.41%	81.21%	80.97%	83.28%	81.59%
ASSETS QUALITY RATIOS
Allowance for credit losses to net loans	1.30%	1.27%	1.20%	1.20%	1.15%
Allowance for credit losses to
non-performing loans	330%	253%	297%	157%	83%
Net charge-offs to average total loans	.09%	.24%	.18%	.12%	.28%

Earnings per share and book value per share are calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year, after giving retroactive effect to the 100% stock dividend declared in 1998 and the 10% stock dividends declared in 1997 and 1996.

Cash dividends per share have been restated to reflect the retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividend declared in 1998 and the 10% stock dividends declared in 1997 and 1996.

Reflects the effect of SEAS No. 115 in the amount of $791,000in 1998, $1,097,000 in 1997, $384,000in 1996, $991,000 in 1995and $(1.558,000) in 1994.

3

RISK FACTORS

In addition to certain historical information, the discussion in this prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements relating to the company’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The company’s actual results may differ materially from those discussed.

Before you invest in First National Community’s common stock or participate in the dividend reinvestment plan, you should be aware that an investment in our common stock involves a variety of risks, including those described below. You should carefully read and consider these risks factors, together with all the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan.

Limited History of Profitability; Dependence on Subsidiary Bank

First National Community’s sole business activity for the foreseeable future is to act as the holding company for First National Community Bank; therefore, the profitability of First National Community is dependent on the results of the operations of First National Community Bank. Adverse results or events at the bank would have a significant impact on First National Community’s results of operations and financial condition. Although First National Community’s operations have been profitable, we can not assure you that the company will be as profitable or profitable at all in the future. Among many factors that could adversely affect First National Community’s financial performance are government regulation, increased competition, and unfavorable economic conditions.

The Banking Industry is Highly Competitive

First National Community Bank competes with other banking institutions on the basis of service, convenience and to some extent, price. Changes in laws and regulations and consumer demands foster added competition for other financial non-bank entities that are now offering products similar to those traditionally offered by banks. In general, the banking industry is highly competitive and competition from bank and nonbank organizations is expected to continue. Our market is particularly competitive for both deposits and lending opportunities. In our market area, we compete with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and various other nonbank competitors. As a result of this competition, we may have to increase the rate of interest that we pay on deposits. This would increase the bank’s cost of money and our net earnings might be reduced. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources and greater lending limits than we have, and may offer services that we do not provide at this time. However, our management believes that the market is rich with opportunity to provide individualized, custom banking products and services that larger, impersonal institutions cannot easily provide. Recent acquisitions of smaller banks by larger institutions enhance this opportunity, as customers look for more personalized service. We call this concept “niche” banking, and feel that it will enable us to capture our share of the professional market, entrepreneur and small to medium size business commercial businesses, while still providing banking services to all customers. Our profitability depends upon our ability to compete in this market area. We cannot now predict to what extent competition may adversely affect the company’s financial condition and operating results.

Sensitivity to General Economic Conditions and Other Similar Factors

In addition, general economic conditions impact the banking industry. The credit quality of our loan portfolio necessarily reflects, among other things, the general economic conditions in the area in

4

which we conduct our business. Our continued financial success depends somewhat on factors beyond our control, including national and local economic conditions, the supply and demand for investable funds, interest rates and federal, state and local laws affecting these matters. Any substantial deterioration in any of the foregoing conditions could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial condition and results of operations, which, in all likelihood, would adversely affect the market price of First National Community’s common stock.

Potential Impact of Change in Interest Rates

Our profitability is dependant to a large extent on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Like most financial institutions, we are affected by changes in general interest rates levels, which are currently at relatively low levels, and by other economic factors beyond our control. In addition, interest rate risks can result from mismatches between the dollar amount of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities and is measured in terms of the ratio of the interest rate sensitivity gap to total assets. Although our management believes it has implemented strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial and prolonged increase in market interest rates could adversely affect our operating results.

Allowance for Loan Losses may not always be adequate

Experience in the banking industry indicates that a portion of our loans will become delinquent. Some of these loans will require partial or entire charge-off. Despite our underwriting criteria, we may experience losses by reasons of factors beyond our control. Some of these factors include changes in market conditions affecting the value of real estate and problems affecting the credit of the borrower. We determine the adequacy of our allowance of loan losses by considering various factors, including:

an analysis of the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans;

previous loan loss experience;

specific loans that would have loan loss potential;

delinquency trends;

estimated fair value of the underlying collateral;

current economic conditions;

the view of our regulators; and

geographic and industry loan concentration.

Despite these considerations, however, our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate if delinquency levels increase as a result of adverse general economic conditions. We cannot assure you that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover actual loan losses. We also cannot assure you that we will not experience significant losses in our loan portfolios that may require significant increases to the allowance for loan losses in the future.

Changes in Real Estate Values may have adverse impact on Loans secured by Real Estate

A significant portion of the company’s loan portfolio consists of residential and commercial mortgages secured by real estate. These properties are concentrated in Northeastern Pennsylvania. Real estate values and real estate markets generally are effected by, among other things, changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loan to potential purchasers, changes in the tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies, and acts of

5

nature. If real estate prices decline, particularly in Pennsylvania, the value of the real estate collateral securing the bank’s loans could be reduced. This reduction in the value of the collateral would increase the number of nonperforming loans and could have a material negative impact on our financial performance. Additionally, First National Community has increased its level of commercial real estate loans, which are considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than that of the one-to-four family residential loans.

Regulations that protect Depositors may adversely affect Shareholders

A number of Federal and Pennsylvania statutes and regulations affecting financial institutions apply to First National Community Bancorp, Inc. and First National Community Bank. These laws and regulations are intended to protect depositors, not shareholders. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects. We cannot predict the nature or the extent of the effect on our business or earnings that monetary policies, economic control, or new federal or state regulation may have in the future.

Year 2000 Considerations

Many businesses, including financial institutions like First National Community Bancorp, Inc., would face potentially serious issues associated with the inability of existing data processing hardware and software to appropriately recognize calendar dates beginning in the Year 2000. The concern is that many software programs, systems and embedded chips can only distinguish the final two digits of the year entered and may read entries for the Year 2000 as the Year 1900, resulting in these automated systems malfunctioning or stopping completely. Given our reliance on data processing systems to maintain customer balances, service customer accounts and to perform other record keeping and service oriented functions associated with our business, the occurrence of “Year 2000 Problems” if any were to develop, could have a material impact on the company’s results of operation, liquidity and financial condition. We cannot assure you, however, that First National Community Bancorp, Inc. and First National Community Bank will not be adversely affected by the failure of third party vendors or significant customers to become Year 2000 compliant.

Lack of Trading Market

There is a very limited public market for the common stock of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. We cannot assure you that a more active trading market will develop.

Limitations on Payment of Dividends

First National Community’s principal business operations are conducted through the bank and therefore, cash available to pay dividends or dividends eligible for reinvestment under the plan are derived from dividends paid to the holding company, by the bank. The bank’s ability to pay dividends to First National Community and First National Community’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders are also subject to and limited by certain legal and regulatory restrictions.

Anti-Takeover Measures

The Articles of Incorporation and By-laws of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. contain certain provisions that enhance the ability of the Board of Directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of First National Community. In addition, Pennsylvania law contains certain anti-takeover provisions that apply to First National Community. While these provisions may provide flexibility in connection with

6

acquisitions and other corporate purposes, they could discourage or make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest more difficult, even though certain shareholders may wish to participate in the transaction. These provisions could also potentially adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The First National Community Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan follows. We present the plan in a question and answer format. Shareholders who do not chose to participate in the plan will continue to receive cash dividend payments, if and when dividends are declared and paid.

Purpose

1. What is the purpose of the plan?

The plan provides shareholders with a convenient and economical method of investing cash dividends and voluntary cash payments to purchase additional shares. Participants pay no brokerage commissions or service charges when they acquire additional shares of common stock through the plan.

Advantages

2. What are the advantages of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan?

Shareholders may:

Reinvest cash dividends and invest voluntary cash payments in additional shares of common stock at a 5% discount, without paying service charges or brokerage commissions;

Invest the full amount of all dividends in shares of common stock including fractional shares, which also earn dividends under the plan;

Avoid safekeeping and record keeping costs through the free custodial and reporting services under the plan; and

Regularly receive a detailed statement of account transactions in book entry form.

Administration

3. Who administers the plan for participants?

Registrar and Transfer Company is the plan administrator and will act as the agent for the participants. As agent for participants, the administrator will:

hold shares in the name of its nominee as agent for plan participants;

keep and maintain records;

provide detailed statements of account to participants; and

perform other duties related to the plan.

7

Any notices, questions, or other communications relating to the plan should include the participant’s account number and tax identification number and should be addressed to:

Registrar and Transfer Company

Attention: Dividend Reinvestment

P.O Box 664, Cranford, New Jersey 07016

(800) 368-5948

info@rtco.com

www.rtco.com

In the event that the plan administrator resigns or ceases to act as the agent, First National Community will make other arrangements, as it deems appropriate, for the administration of the plan. The company may replace the administrator as the agent at any time.

Participation

4. Who is eligible to participate?

All common stock shareholders are eligible to participate in the plan. Shareholders may participate in the plan with respect to all or any portion of their shares. Shareholders will not be eligible to participate in the plan if they reside in a jurisdiction in which it is unlawful under state or local securities or “blue sky” laws for the company to permit their participation.

A broker or nominee that is a record owner of shares of Common Stock may participate in the Plan on behalf of one or more beneficial owners of shares of Common Stock in accordance with the rules and regulations established by the Company.

5. How does an eligible shareholder become a participant?

All eligible shareholders may join the plan at any time by completing and signing the accompanying authorization form and returning it to the administrator. Additional authorization forms may be obtained from First National Community Bancorp, Inc. or Registrar and Transfer Company.

6. What does the authorization form provide?

The authorization form appoints the administrator as the agent to reinvest dividends on some or all shares registered under the plan, and to purchase additional shares with voluntary cash investments.

7. When may a shareholder join the plan?

A shareholder may join the plan at any time. If the administrator receives a properly completed authorization form at least 5 business days before a dividend record date, the administrator will reinvest the dividends payable on that date. Historically, the Board of Directors has declared and paid dividends on a quarterly basis. The Board of Directors reserves the right to change the dividend record and payment dates.

8. Is partial participation possible under the plan?

Yes. Shareholders may register all or any portion of their shares in the plan.

8

9. Is the right to participate in the plan transferable?

No. The right to participate in the plan is not transferable. A shareholder, participating in the plan, continues as a participant until the plan is terminated or until the shareholder gives notice of withdrawal or termination to the administrator.

Purchases

10. What is the source for shares of common stock purchased under the plan?

The administrator purchases shares at the company’s discretion, directly from First National Community, in the open market, in negotiated transactions, or using a combination of these methods.

11. How many shares of common stock will the administrator purchase for a participant under the plan?

The number of shares depends on:

the amount of dividends to be reinvested;

the amount of any voluntary cash investment; and

the applicable purchase price of the common stock.

The administrator will credit each participant’s account with that number of shares, including any fractional shares computed to four decimal places, equal to the total amount to be invested divided by the applicable purchase price. All dividends on shares held in a participant’s account, whether purchased through dividend reinvestment or voluntary cash investment, are automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock.

12. When will shares of common stock be purchased for a participant under the plan?

The administrator will use cash dividends and voluntary cash investments to purchase common stock as soon as reasonably possible after the applicable dividend payment date, but not more than 30 business days after the payment date.

13. At what price will shares of Common Stock be purchased under the Plan?

When the administrator purchases shares of common stock from the company, the purchase price will be the fair market value of the common stock on the relevant date, less a 5% discount. The fair market value of the common stock is determined by averaging the “daily average trades” for the 10 trading days preceding the payment date, as reported by one or more brokerage firms selected by First National Community that make a market in First National Community’s common stock.

In the event that there were no trades, or an insufficient number of trades (generally less than 500 shares) upon which to form a basis to determine fair market value within the 10 trading days, then the fair market value of the common stock may be determined by reference to other factors that the Board of First National Community deems appropriate. These factors may include, but are not limited to, in First National Community’s sole discretion:

average trades reported by market makers on dates that are recent but are prior to the 10 trading day period immediately preceding the investment date;

9

prices at which the stock is known to have been traded in recent transactions;

a multiple of First National Community’s book value per share that First National Community believes is consistent with the multiple of trading prices of companies similar to First National Community but whose stock is more readily traded and quoted in the public markets; and

a multiple of First National Community’s annualized earnings per share.

When the administrator purchases shares of common stock in the open market or in negotiated transactions, the purchase price will be the weighted average of the prices actually paid for shares purchased for the relevant date, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions and expenses, less the 5% discount.

Voluntary Cash Payments

14. Who is eligible to make voluntary cash investments?

All shareholders who elect to have dividends reinvested under the plan may also elect to make voluntary cash payments.

15. What are the timing requirements and other limitations on voluntary cash payments?

The plan administrator must receive voluntary cash payments not more than 30 or less 5 business days prior to the dividend payment date. The administrator will return voluntary cash payments received too early or too late to the participant. Voluntary cash payments may not be less than $100 per calendar quarter or total more than $2,500 in any calendar quarter. First National Community reserves the right in its sole discretion to determine whether voluntary cash payments are made on behalf of an eligible participant.

16. How does the voluntary cash payment option work?

To make a voluntary cash payment a participant encloses a check or money order to the plan administrator with a completed payment form which is sent with each statement of account. Participants make personal checks, drawn on a U.S. Bank, payable to “Registrar and Transfer, Plan Administrator.” Participants should include their social security number or taxpayer identification number and account number on the check.

The plan administrator will apply any voluntary cash payments received within the permissible time period to the purchase of shares of common stock on the upcoming investment date. The price is determined in accordance with provisions of the plan. Voluntary cash payments made by check or other draft must clear prior to the investment date. The plan administrator will promptly send an acknowledgment to participants confirming that the plan administrator has received the funds in time for investment on a particular investment date. A participant may obtain the return of any voluntary cash payment, if the plan administrator receives the request for return two business days prior to the dividend payment date. We do not pay interest on voluntary cash payments.

10

Reports to Participants

17. What kind of reports will be sent to participants in the plan?

Each participant in the plan receives a statement of account subsequent to each dividend payment date describing cash dividends and voluntary cash investments received, the number of shares purchased, the price per share and total shares accumulated under the plan. These statements will provide a record of the dates and costs of purchases on a quarterly basis. Participants should retain the statements for income tax purposes. Participants will also receive First National Community’s annual and quarterly reports to shareholders, notices of shareholder meetings, proxy statements, and Internal Revenue Service information for reporting dividends received and commission expenses paid on their behalf.

Share Certificates; Safekeeping

18. Will the plan administrator issue certificates for shares of common stock purchased?

Unless requested in writing by a participant, the plan administrator will not issue certificates for shares of common stock purchased under the plan. The number of shares credited to a participant’s account under the plan will be shown on the participant’s periodic statements of account. This safekeeping feature protects against loss, theft or destruction of stock certificates. The plan administrator will issue certificates for whole shares withdrawn from the plan. All certificates delivered for safekeeping must be enrolled in the plan. The plan administrator will cancel certificates delivered for safekeeping and will issue new certificates in the name of the plan administrator; upon withdrawal, the plan administrator will cancel the plan administrator’s certificates and issue new certificates in the name of the participant.

19. In whose name will certificates be registered when issued to participants?

Unless the participant directs otherwise, upon withdrawal from the plan, the plan administrator will issue shares in the name in which the participant maintains the dividend reinvestment account. If a participant requests that a certificate be issued in a different name, the request must bear the participant’s own signature. If the account is registered in multiple names, all signatures must appear on the request. In both cases, a financial institution or broker or dealer must guarantee the signature(s). Upon a participant’s death, the plan administrator will follow the instructions of the decedent’s personal representative upon submission of appropriate proof of authority.

Withdrawal of Shares in Plan Accounts

20. How may participants withdraw shares purchased under the plan?

Participants may withdraw all or any portion of the shares credited to their account by completing the withdrawal notification information set forth on the reverse side of their account statement and specifying the number of shares to be withdrawn. The participant should mail the request for withdrawal to the plan administrator at the address provided on the account statement. The plan administrator will register certificates for whole shares so withdrawn in the name of the participant. If the administrator receives any request for withdrawal of shares credited to a participant’s account less than 5 business days before the record date, the administrator will not effect the withdrawal until after the dividends are reinvested and the shares are credited to the participant’s account. The administrator will effect any other request for withdrawal of a portion of the shares credited to a participant’s account upon receipt of the request by the plan administrator. The administrator will continue to reinvest dividends on shares remaining in participants’ account, unless participant withdraws all of the whole and fractional shares from the account, which will terminate participation in the plan.

11

21. May participants elect to sell withdrawn shares?

Yes. Participants may request that the plan administrator sell withdrawn shares. The plan administrator will not effect a request to sell all shares credited to a participant’s account received from a participant after the ex-dividend date for a dividend until the plan administrator reinvests the participant’s dividends for the applicable record date and credits the shares to the participant’s account. Upon receipt, the plan administrator will declare a request to sell a portion of the shares credited to a participant’s account effective. Participants should specify the number of shares to be sold in their request for withdrawal.

The plan administrator will arrange for the sale of the shares within 10 business days after receipt of the notice, and deliver a check for the net proceeds of the sale to the participant. The proceeds of the sale will be applied first to pay fees, brokerage commissions, applicable withholding taxes and transfer taxes, if any, incurred in connection with the sale. The plan administrator charges a fee of $10 (but not more than the proceeds of the sale of a fractional share) for the sale of shares held under the plan. All persons in whose names the account appears must sign a request for shares to be sold. The signatures must be guaranteed as specified in No. 19 above.

Termination of Participation in Dividend Reinvestment Plan

22. How does a participant withdraw from the Plan?

Participation in the plan is entirely voluntary. Participants may terminate their participation at any time by sending written notice to the plan administrator. When a participant terminates from the plan or upon termination of the plan by First National Community, the plan administrator will deliver a certificate for the number of whole shares credited to the participant’s account, and a check representing the value of any fractional shares, less the applicable fee for the sale of the fractional share, based on the then current market value per share to the participant. Thereafter, all dividends will be paid in cash, or in stock dividends, if so declared by the Board of Directors, to the shareholder who withdraws from the plan. Participants who elect to discontinue participation in the plan are not eligible to make voluntary cash payments.

Any notice of termination received less than 5 business days prior to an investment date will not be effective until the administrator has reinvested dividends and the shares have been credited to the participant’s account. A shareholder may elect to re-enroll in the plan at any time.

Federal Tax Information

23. What are the federal income tax consequences of participation in the plan?

We summarize the general current federal income tax consequences of participation in the plan in this response. Please consult your own tax advisor as to the specific tax consequences of particular account transaction, including the state tax consequences.

Reinvestment of Dividends. A participant in the plan is treated as having received, with respect to the cash dividend and reinvestment, a distribution to which Section 301 of the Internal Revenue Code applies. The amount of the distribution is the fair market value of the stock received on the date the stock is purchased. The amount of the distribution that the participant includes in income, as a dividend, is the amount that is paid out of the company’s current and/or accumulated earnings and profits. Most regular quarterly cash dividends paid from earnings will be treated as a contribution subject to ordinary income.

12

The distribution, to the extent it exceeds the company’s earnings and profits, is a return of capital and reduces the adjusted basis of the stock. The portion of the distribution that exceeds the company’s earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of the stock is treated as gain from the sale or exchange of property.

Voluntary Cash Payments. A participant who makes a voluntary cash payment for the purchase of stock under the plan is treated as having received a distribution to which Section 301 of the Code applies in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the stock received on the date of the purchase over the amount of the voluntary cash payment made by the participant. The federal income tax treatment of the distribution depends on the amount of the company’s current and/or accumulated earnings and profits as we discussed above.

Brokerage Commissions. A participant who receives a distribution, as discussed above, is also treated as receiving a distribution to which Section 301 of the Code applies in an amount equal to a pro rata share of any brokerage commission or other related charges paid by the company in connection with the purchase of stock on behalf of the shareholder. The federal income tax treatment of any the distribution depends upon the amount of the company’s current and/or accumulated earnings and profits as discussed above. Most brokerage commissions paid by the company will be treated as taxable ordinary income.

Additional Information. A participant’s tax basis in the stock acquired under the plan will generally equal the total amount of the distribution that the shareholder is treated as receiving, as discussed above, plus, in the case of a shareholder who makes a voluntary cash payment, the amount of the voluntary payment. A shareholder’s holding period in stock acquired under the plan generally begins on the date following the date on which the stock is credited to the participant’s plan account. In the case of any shareholder as to whom federal income tax withholding on distributions is required, and in the case of any foreign shareholder whose taxable income under the plan is subject to federal income tax withholding, dividends will be reinvested net of the required amount of tax withheld.

Other Information

24. What happens if First National Community declares a stock dividend or effects a stock split?

The administrator adds any shares issued in connection with a stock split or stock dividend on common stock held under the plan to the participant’s plan account. Stock dividends or split shares distributed on shares held directly by a participant will be mailed to the participant in the same manner as to shareholders who do not participate in the plan.

25. If First National Community has a rights offering, how will a participant’s entitlement be computed?

A participant’s entitlement in a rights offering is based upon his or her total holdings, in the same manner as dividends are computed currently. The company will issue rights certificates for the number of whole shares only, however, and sell rights based on the fractional shares held in a participant’s account. We will mail the proceeds of the sale of fractional certificates, less commissions and taxes, if any, directly to the participant.

26. How are shares in a participant’s account voted at a meeting of the shareholders?

If, on a record date for a meeting of shareholders, there are shares in a participant’s plan account, the administrator will send proxy materials for the meeting to the participant. A participant is entitled to vote all shares of common stock credited to his or her account. The participant may also vote his or her shares at the meeting in person or by proxy.

13

27. What are the responsibilities and liabilities of First National Community and the plan administrator?

First National Community and the plan administrator shall not be liable for any act taken in good faith or for any good faith omission to act, including without limitation, any claims of liability:

arising out of a failure to terminate a participant’s account upon his or her death;

with respect to the prices at which shares of First National Community’s common stock

are purchased or sold:

the times when or the manner in which purchases or sales are made;

the decision whether to purchase shares of common stock on theopen market, fromFirst National Community or in private transactions; or

fluctuations in the market value of the Common Stock; and

any matters relating to the operation or management of the plan.

First National Community cannot assure that participants will make a profit on, or protect participants against a loss from, the common stock purchased by or for participants under the plan.

All transactions in connection with the plan will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, andare subject to all applicable federal tax or securities laws.

28. May the plan be amended, modified or discontinued?

Yes. The Board of Directors of First National Community, at its discretion, may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the plan and will endeavor to notify participants of any amendment, modification, suspension or termination. The Board of Directors may, for whatever reason, at any time, as it may determine in its sole discretion, terminate a participant’s participation in the plan after mailing a notice of intention to terminate to the participant at the participant’s address as it appears on the plan administrator’s records. In addition, the Board of Directors of First National Community and the plan administrator may each adopt reasonable procedures for the administration of the plan. The Board of Directors has the sole authority to interpret the plan in the manner that it deems appropriate in its absolute discretion.

29. Who will bear the costs of the purchases made under the plan?

First National Community will pay all costs of administration of the plan. Participants will incur no brokerage commissions or other charges for purchases made under the plan. A participant who requests that the plan administrator sell shares of common stock held in the plan will incur brokerage fees incurred in connection with the sale.

30. May a participant pledge shares purchased under the plan?

No. A participant who wishes to pledge shares credited to a plan account must request the withdrawal of the shares in accordance with the procedures outlined in response to Question No. 20, above.

14

MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS

Thecompany’s common stock is not actively traded. The principal market area for the company’s stock is northeastern Pennsylvania. First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is listed in the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol “FNCB.” Quarterly market highs and lows and dividends paid for each of the past two years are presented below. These prices do not necessarily represent actual transactions. The company expects that comparable cash dividends will be paid in the future. All prices and dividends have been restated to reflect the retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividends paid to shareholders in 1998 and the 10% stock dividend paid in 1997.

	Market Price		Dividends Paid Per Share
	High	Low
Quarter 1998
First	$23.50	$19.00	$ .135
Second	23.75	21.19	.135
Third	23.75	23.75	.15
Fourth	32.00	24.25	.29
			$0.71
Quarter 1997
First	$16.13	15.63	$.12
Second	17.50	16.25	.12
Third	18.00	16.75	.12
Fourth	19.81	17.38	.22
			$0.58

As of April 16, 1999, there were approximately 900 holders of record of First National Community’s common stock and 2,398,360 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding.

The First National Community Board of Directors reviews its dividend policy at least annually. The amount of the dividend, while in the sole discretion of the Board, depends upon the performance of the bank. First National Community’s ability to pay dividends is also subject to the restrictions imposed by Pennsylvania law. Generally, Pennsylvania law prohibits corporations from paying dividends if the corporation is insolvent or if the dividend would cause a corporation to be unable to pay indebtedness of the corporation as the indebtedness becomes due in the usual course of business or the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. We cannot assure you that dividends will be declared in the future or the rate of dividends, if any.

First National Community is also subject to the dividend restrictions applicable to national banks because its only source of income is from the dividends paid by the bank to First National Community. Under the National Bank Act, the bank may pay dividends to the company only out of retained earnings as defined in the statute. The approval of the 0CC is required if dividends for any year exceed the net profits, as defined, for that year plus the retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, unless a national bank’s capital surplus equals or exceeds the stated capital for its common stock, no dividends may be declared unless the bank makes transfers from retained earnings to capital surplus.

15

USE OF PROCEEDS

First National Community knows neither the number of shares that will ultimately be purchased under the plan nor the prices at which the shares will be purchased. The company intends to use the proceeds from purchases, when and as received, for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include contributions to the bank to increase the bank’s capital and to permit additional growth in the bank’s assets. A change in the use of proceeds or timing of the use of proceeds will be at the company’s discretion.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We qualify the following discussion in its entirety by the more detailed information and the financial statements and notes to the financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to the historical information contained in the prospectus, the discussion in this prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of First National Community’s plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Please read the cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in the prospectus. First National Community’s actual results could differ materially from those discussed here. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this section and in “Risk Factors.”

16

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following financial review of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the Company”) is presented on a consolidated basis and is intended to provide a comparison of the financial performance of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, First National Community Bank (the Bank”) for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996. The information presented below should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this report. All share and per share data has been restated to reflect the 100% stock dividend paid to shareholders on July 20, 1998 and the 10% stock dividends paid December 31, 1997 and May 8, 1996.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

SUMMARY

Net income for 1998 amounted to $5,107,000, which was $464,000, or 10%, higher than the 1997 level. In 1997, net income totaled $4,643,000 or $768,000 over 1996. On a per share basis, net income was $2.13, $1.94 and $1.62, respectively in 1998, 1997 and 1996. The weighted average number of shares outstanding in 1998, 1997 and 1996 were 2,398,360 after giving retroactive effect to the stock dividends paid in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

The increase in net income recorded in 1998 can be attributed to the $865,000, or 6%, improvement in net interest income combined with a reduced provision for credit losses which more than offset the $585,000, or 7%, increase in other expenses. Management’s focus on improvement through growth again proved successful as increased earnings due to volume variances more than compensated for the negative impact of repricing resulting from the reduction in interest rates during the fourth quarter.

The $768,000, or 20%, increase in 1997 over the 1996 earnings can be attributed to the $1.8 million increase in net interest income and a $529,000 improvement in non-interest income, offset partially by additional non-interest expenses, credit loss provisions and applicable income taxes.

Return on assets for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was 1.13%, 1.16% and 1.13%, respectively while the return on equity recorded during the same periods amounted to 15.29%, 15.85% and 14.83%.

NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest income, the difference between interest income and fees on earning assets and interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds, is the largest component of the Company’s operating income and as such is the primary determinant of profitability. Before providing for future credit losses, net interest income increased 6% from the $14.6 million recorded in 1997 to $15.4 million in 1998. Changes in net interest income generally occur due to fluctuations in the balances and/or mixes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and changes in their corresponding interest yields and costs. Changes in non-performing assets, together with interest lost and recovered on those assets, also impact comparisons of net interest income. In the following schedules, net interest income is analyzed on a tax-equivalent basis, thereby increasing interest income on certain tax-exempt loans and investments by the amount of federal income tax savings realized. In this manner, the true economic impact on earnings from various assets and liabilities can be more accurately compared.

Tax-equivalent net interest income increased $927,000. or 6%, from the $15.8 million reported in 1997. Sound pricing policies, aggressive growth strategies and effective asset-liability management

17

techniques again enabled the company to improve net interest income during this period of declining interest rates.

Average loans increased $26 million, or 10%, in 1998 and contributed an increase of $1.8 million of interest income over the 1997 level. Commercial loans provided the majority of the growth in 1998 as average loan balances increased $24 million and earnings on those balances improved by $1.8 million. Installment loans also provided significant increases in 1998 comprised of $15 million in average loan balances and $1.2 million of interest income due primarily to growth in indirect auto loans. Mortgage loans outstanding averaged $13 million lower in 1998 than in 1997 due to the sale of almost $23 million of long-term, fixed rate assets in 1998. As a result of the reduced level of average loans outstanding, interest income on mortgage loans decreased $1.2 million in 1998. Repricing and new volume resulted in the sixteen basis point reduction earned on average loan balances in 1998 when compared to the prior period.

Average securities increased $24 million over the 1997 average balance and generated $1.3 million of additional earnings. Declining rates impacted securities yields through repricing, new volume and principal reductions, resulting in a thirty-nine basis point decrease from the 1997 level. Money market assets, which include interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold, were $1.2 million less in 1998 than in 1997 and earnings from these assets decreased $61,000.

Total interest-bearing deposits increased $22 million in 1998 comprised of an $18 million increase in average certificates of deposit and a $4 million increase in low-cost deposits. Competition for deposits remained fierce in local markets, resulting in an average cost of deposits which was equal to the 1997 level. Borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities increased $20 million on the average due to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances but repricing and reduced costs on new borrowings resulted in a twenty-five basis point reduction in the cost of these liabilities.

As a result of the interest rate reductions in 1998 and the more immediate impact on interest earning assets, the Company’s net interest margin decreased twenty-five basis points to 3.84% in 1998. Investment leveraging transactions continue to add to the profitability of the company, as evidenced by the $433,000 earned in 1998 from the transactions, but also contribute to the reduction in the overall net interest margin. Exclusive of the investment leveraging transactions, the 1998 net interest margin would have been 4.15%, or seven basis points lower than the comparable period of 1997.

During 1997, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $1.9 million, or 14%, from the $13.9 million reported in 1996 to $15.8 million. Interest rates continued the roller coaster ride experienced in 1996 and gradually increased during the first quarter, with the long bond exceeding 7.00%. During the second and third quarters of 1997, rates again fluctuated until decreasing steadily through the fourth quarter as inflation fears subsided. As of year end, the yield on the one-year Treasury Bill was three basis points lower than it began the year while the thirty year bond had decreased seventy-seven basis points to 5.96%. Yields earned on loans and money market assets increased during 1997 from the prior year levels but a three basis point decrease in the yield earned on securities resulted in a yield on total earning assets which remained stable at 8.32%. During the same period, however, competition for deposits remained fierce locally resulting in a nine basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing deposits. Additionally, the cost of borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities increased during 1997, resulting in a decrease in the net interest margin from the 4.25% recorded in 1996 to 4.09%. During 1997, the Company entered into several investment leveraging transactions which resulted in $164,000 of pre-tax earnings, but the 1.06% spread earned on the transactions~ had a negative impact on the overall net interest margin. Excluding the effect of these transactions, the 1997 net interest margin would have been 4.22% which is only slightly lower than the 4.25% recorded in 1996. Growth in earning assets which represents 112% of the growth in interest-bearing liabilities also contributed to the 1997 margin.

18

Yield Analysis
(dollars in thousands-taxable equivalent basis)(1)
		1998			1997			1996
			Interest	Average		Interest	Average		Interest	Average
		Average	Income/	Interest	Average	Income/	Interest	Average	Income/	Interest
		Balance	Expense	Rate	Balance	Expense	Rate	Balance	Expense	Rate
ASSETS:
Earning Assets:(2)
	Commercial loans-taxable	$161,839	$14,272	8.82	$138,214	$12,450	9.01	$116,851	$10,466	8.96
	Commercial loans-tax free	11,648	1,106	9.50	11,714	1,135	9.69	8,658	800	9.24
	Mortgage loans	50,072	3,951	7.89	62,814	5,097	8.11	66,158	5,302	8.01
	Installment loans	78,971	6,606	8.37	63,501	5,433	8.56	52,436	4,623	8.82
	Total Loans	302,530	25,935	8.57	276,243	24,115	8.73	244,103	21,191	8.68
	Securities-taxable	95,602	6,239	6.53	74,605	5,147	6.90	47,524	3,131	6.59
	Securities-tax free	30,196	2,587	8.57	26,934	2,380	8.83	27,643	2,464	8.91
	Total Securities	125,798	8,826	7.02	101,539	7,527	7.41	75,167	5,595	7.44
	Interest-bearing deposits with banks	2,918	177	6.07	2,839	170	6.00	1,738	101	5.81
	Federal funds sold	4,007	222	5.54	5,251	290	5.52	5,483	293	5.34
	Total Money Market Assets	6,925	399	5.76	8,090	460	5.69	7,221	394	5.46
	Total Earning Assets	435,253	35,160	8.08	385,872	32,102	8.32	326,491	27,180	8.32
Non-earning assets		21,657			19,278			18,271
Allowance for credit losses		(3,932)			(3,446)			(3,105)
	Total Assets	$452,978			$401,704			$341,657
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
	Interest-bearing demand deposits	$50,504	$1,225	2.43	$45,682	$1,110	2.43	$38,637	$937	2.43
	Savings deposits	41,983	1,001	2.38	42,482	1,038	2.44	45,257	1,163	2.57
	Time deposits over $100,000	61,618	3,265	5.30	53,784	2,827	5.26	46,261	2,421	5.23
	Other time deposits	171,147	9,764	5.71	161,331	9,253	5.74	136,460	7,750	5.68
	Total Interest-Bearing Deposits	325,252	15,255	4.69	303,279	14,228	4.69	266,615	12,271	4.60
	Borrowed funds and other
	Interest-bearing liabilities	54,661	3,202	5.86	34,327	2,098	6.11	17,821	1,035	5.81
	Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities	379,913	18,457	4.86	337,606	16,326	4.84	284,436	13,306	4.68
	Demand deposits	35,887			31,707			28,116
	Other liabilities	3,779			3,103			2,978
	Stockholders' equity	33,399			29,288			26,127
	Total Liabilities and
	Stockholders' Equity	$452,978			$401,704			$341,657
	Net Interest Income Spread		$16,703	3.22		$15,776	3.48		$13,874	3.64
	Net Interest Margin			3.84			4.09			4.25
(1) In this schedule and other schedules presented on a tax-equivalent basis, income that is
Exempt from federal income taxes, i.e. interest on state and municipal securities, has been
Adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 34% federal income tax rate.
(2) Excludes non-performing loans.

The most significant impact on net income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

19

The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods.

The following table shows the relative contribution of changes in average volume and average interest rates to changes in net interest income for the periods indicated. The change in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

Rate/Volume Variance Report(1)
(dollars in thousands-taxable equivalent basis)
		1998 vs 1997				1997 vs 1996				Increase(Decrease)	Increase(Decrease)
		Total Change		Due to Volume	Due to Rate		Total Change	Due to Volume	Due to Rate
Interest Income:
	Commercial loans-taxable	$1,822		$2,126	$(304)		$1,984	$1,882	$102
	Commercial loans-tax free	(29)		(7)	(22)		335	279	56
	Mortgage loans	(1,146)		(1,032)	(114)		(205)	(268)	63
	Installment loans	1,173		1,332	(159)		810	934	(124)
	Total Loans	1,820		2,419	(599)		2,924	2,827	97
	Securities-taxable	1,092		1,430	(338)		2,016	1,787	229
	Securities-tax free	207		288	(81)		(84)	(63)	(21)
	Total Securities	1,299		1,718	(419)		1,932	1,724	208
	Interest-bearing deposits with banks		7	5	2		69	63	6
	Federal funds sold	(68)		(69)	1		(3)	(15)	12
	Total Money Market Assets	(61)		(64)	3		66	48	18
	Total Interest Income	3,058		4,073	(1,015)		4,922	4,599	323
Interest Expense:
	Interest-bearing demand deposits	115		96	19		173	162	11
	Savings deposits	(37)		(11)	(26)		(125)	(72)	(53)
	Time deposits over $100,000	438		412	26		406	386	20
	Other time deposits	511		563	(52)		1,503	1,390	113
	Total Interest-Bearing Deposits	1,027		1,060	(33)		1,957	1,866	91
	Borrowed funds and other
	interest-bearing liabilities	1,104		1,243	(139)		1,063	958	105
	Total Interest Expense	2,131		2,303	(172)		3,020	2,824	196
Net Interest Income		$927		$1,770	$(843)		$1,902	$1,775	$127
	(1)   Changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to changes due to volume and changes due to rate.

20

CURRENT YEAR

In 1998, tax-equivalent net interest income increased $927,000 over the 1997 level. Balance sheet growth again resulted in improved earnings as evidenced by the $1.8 million increase in net interest income due to volume. Loan growth added $2.4 million to interest income due to increases in both commercial and installment loans outstanding. New securities purchases, including those purchased in leveraging transactions, also contributed to the improved earnings in the amount of $1.7 million. In order to fund the growth in loans and investments, new deposits and borrowed funds were added which resulted in a $2.3 million increase in interest expense.

The negative impact of rate reductions can be seen in the $1.0 million decrease in interest income due to rate which was only partially offset by the $172,000 decrease in the cost of liabilities due to repricing. Variable rate assets which reprice immediately were reduced by seventy-five basis points during the fourth quarter as the Federal Reserve cut interest rates three times in a seven week period. New volume at lower than historic levels also contributed to the negative variance due to rate. During this same period, the Company held rates steady on its low-cost deposit base while the effect of repricing on certificates of deposit will materialize over time.

PRIOR YEAR

In 1997, growth also lead to improved earnings. The $1.9 million increase in net interest income includes $1,775,000 due to volume but also includes $127,000 due to rate, reflecting a positive repricing impact. Loan and investment portfolio growth added $4.5 million which was partially offset by the $2.8 million increase in the cost of funds to support the asset growth. Rate fluctuations on earning assets added over $300,000 which includes an increase in commercial loans related to the twenty-five basis point hike in the prime rate during the year and investment purchases at increased yields. The cost of certificates of deposit increased as the Company attempted to lengthen its portfolio for asset/liability purposes. New borrowings and variable rate adjustments increased the cost of borrowed funds.

PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The provision for credit losses varies from year to year based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses in relation to the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. In its evaluation, management considers credit quality, changes in loan volume, composition of the loan portfolio, past experience, delinquency trends, and the economic conditions. Consideration is also given to examinations performed by regulatory authorities and the Company’s iQdependent auditors. The provision for credit losses was $920,000 in 1998, $1,110,000 in 1997 and $820,000 in 1996.

OTHER INCOME

Other Income	1998	1997	1996
	(dollars in thousands)
Service charges	$ 780	$ 759	$ 693
Net gain/(loss) on the sale of securities	125	(8)	130
Net gain on the sale of other real estate	47	377	1
Net gain on the sale of other assets	0	156	0
Other	631	344	275
Total Other Income	$1,583	$1,628	$1,099

21

The company’s other income category can be separated into three distinct sub-categories; service charges make up the core component of this area of earnings while net gains (losses) from the sale of assets and other fee income comprise the balance.

In 1998, earnings from service charges were $21,000,or 3%, higher than the 1997 total. Net gains from securities sales totaled $125,000 in 1998 as management sold securities to minimize the risk from prepayments on mortgage-backed securities. The $47,000 net gain from the sale of other assets includes earnings generated from the Bank’s real estate subsidiary, FNCB Realty, Inc. During 1998, the Company continued to shed interest rate risk through the sale of $22.8 million of fixed rate residential mortgage loans. These loan sales, with rates ranging from 6.125% to 9.125%, added $189,000 to 1998 earnings after accounting for fees associated with the sale. As importantly, the servicing rights were retained thereby resulting in no impact on our customers and improving future profits through servicing fee income. It is management’s intention to continue to shed interest rate risk as opportunities present themselves in order to remain competitive in this area of retail lending. Servicing fees collected on mortgage loans which have been sold were $97,000 in 1998, or~?$43,000 higher than the same period of 1997. All other fee income increased $81,000 over the 1997 total including a $40,000 improvement in the earnings generated through a partnership with INVEST Financial Services.

During 1997, service charges increased $66,000, or 10%. The majority of this increase can be attributed to uncollected funds, although newly initiated surcharge fees pertaining to automatic teller machines also contributed $34,000 of additional income. The decrease in the area of net gains or losses on the sale of securities also represents the Company’s efforts to improve future profits. During 1997, many of the lowest yielding securities in the portfolio were sold as interest rates plummeted, thereby enabling the Company to reposition the portfolio for future benefits. Included in net gains on the sale of other assets is $524,000 recognized on the sale of real estate and other assets by FNCB Realty, Inc. These assets were transferred to the Bank’s subsidiary through foreclosure action and subsequently resold. Other income increased $69,000 in comparison to 1996 as letter of credit fees increased considerably and fee income from the Bank’s relationship with INVEST financial services also provided an increase of $22,000 over the 1996 level. In 1997, residential mortgage loans totaling $14.7 million were sold, resulting in a net gain of $66,000.

OTHER EXPENSES

Other Expenses	1998	1997	1996
	(dollars in thousands)
Salary expense	$3,772	$3,482	$3,176
Employee benefit expense	977	960	900
Occupancy expense	869	842	812
Equipment expense	677	610	484
Advertising expense	341	272	259
Data Processing expense	530	424	382
Other operating expenses	2,257	2,249	1,891
Total Other Expenses	$9,423	$8,839	$7,904

Total other expenses increased $584,000, or 7%, in comparison to the prior year. Employee costs accounted for $307,000, or 53%, of the increase while occupancy and equipment costs rose $94,000, or 16% of the total. All other expenses increased $183,000, or 31% of the total due primarily to increases in advertising and data processing costs. The Company’s overhead ratio, which measures non-interest expenses in relation to average assets improved from the 2.20% recorded in 1997 to 2.08%. In 1996, the overhead ratio was 2.31%.

22

Salary and benefits amount to 50% of the Company’s total other expenses. During 1998, salary expense increased $290,000, or 8%, due to merit increases, and the addition of staff to meet the growing sales and administrative needs of the company. Full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 1998 were 168, an increase from the 151 reported as of the same period last year. Employee benefit costs increased $17,000, or 2%, in 1998 due primarily to a $30,000 increase in the Company’s contribution to a defined contribution profit sharing plan. Hospitalization costs, payroll taxes and other benefits decreased $13,000 in comparison to 1997.

Occupancy expenses increased $27,000, or 3%, in 1998 due primarily to rental expense associated with a new community office. Increases in maintenance expenses and depreciation on the new facilities were offset by a reduced level of real estate taxes. Equipment costs increased $67,000, or 11%, due to depreciation expense on new equipment, including computers and related technology.

All other operating expenses increased $183,000, or 6%, compared to 1997. Advertising costs increased $69,000 while data processing expenses rose $106,000 in 1998 due to bank promotions and technological advances. All other components of other operating expenses were limited to an $8,000 net increase.

In 1997, total other expenses increased $935,000, or 12%, in comparison to 1996. During 1996 other expenses increased 11% from the prior period. Employee costs accounted for 39% of the increase in 1997 while occupancy and equipment costs rose by $156,000, or 17% of the total. All other operating expenses increased $413,000, or 44% of the total increase.

Salary and benefit costs comprised the majority of total other expenses in 1997 and increased 9% over the 1996 level. Salaries increased $306,000, or 10%. Contributing to this increased cost are merit increases, as well as the full year’s effect of the Kingston Office which opened in August 1996. Full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 1997 were 151, a decrease from the 155 reported in 1996. Employee benefit costs increased $60,000, or 7%, in 1997 due primarily to rising health care costs and a $30,000 increase in the Company’s contribution to a defined contribution profit sharing plan. Increases in payroll taxes and other benefits amounted to $5,000.

Occupancy expenses increased $30,000, or 4%, in 1997. The recognition of a full year’s effect from the Kingston Office which opened during 1996 accounts for the vast majority of the increase.

Equipment expenses increased $126,000, or 26%, during 1997. Depreciation and maintenance on new equipment accounted for $108,000 of the increase, including $23,000 from our newest office. This increased cost reflects the Company’s commitment to new technology, including a complete upgrade to the retail delivery systems.

All other operating expenses increased $413,000 in 1997 from the prior period. Non-controllable items such as FDIC Insurance, Bank Shares Tax and examinations accounted for $97,000 of the increased cost. Also contributing significantly to the increased cost was $169,000 of operating costs from the Bank’s subsidiary, FNCB Realty, Inc. The majority of these costs reflect operating expenses associated with a single property which was sold. All other components of other operating expenses increased $159,000, or

7%.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

Federal income tax expense decreased $39,000 in 1998 in comparison to the 1997 total in spite of the $426,000 improvement in income before taxes. Tax benefits derived from an increased level of tax-

23

exempt income had a $40,000 positive effect while the effect of deferred taxes and other items reduced the 1998 provision by $144,000. The Company’s effective tax rate for 1998 and 1997 was 23.6% and 25.8%, respectively.

During 1997, federal income tax expense increased $35 1,000 in comparison to 1996. The majority of the increase was attributed to the $1,119,000 improvement in pre-tax income as well as the effect of other non-deductible and deferred tax items. Tax benefits related to non-taxable interest income increased $57,000 over the 1996 total. The effective tax rate for 1996 was 24.6%.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Total assets increased $55 million, or 13%, in 1998 compared to a similar $56 million increase in 1997. Total deposits provided $34 million of new funds in 1998 while borrowed funds increased $17 million. This available liquidity was utilized to fund the $44 million, or 16%, increase in net loans as well as the $10 million growth in the Company’s securities portfolio.

SECURITIES

The primary objectives in managing the Company’s securities portfolio are to maintain the necessary flexibility to meet liquidity and asset and liability management needs and to provide a stable source of interest income.

During 1998, total securities increased $10 million, inclusive of a $463,000 decrease in the fair value of the portfolio. During 1998, growth was again concentrated in mortgage-backed securities including $15 million which were purchased with structured borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh, thereby allowing the Company to earn a favorable spread between the rate earned on the securities and the cost of the borrowed funds. Management remains committed to a strategy which limits purchases to those that are virtually free of credit risk and will help to meet the objectives of the Company’s Investment and Asset/Liability management policies.

The following table sets forth the carrying amount of securities at the dates indicated:

	December 31,
	1998	1997	1996
	(dollars in thousands)
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$ 13,109	$ 31,808	$27,946
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	33,671	27,043	29,533
Mortgage-backed securities	77,590	56,615	22,544
Corporate debt securities	992	0	0
Equity securities	6,468	5,901	2,453
Total	$131,830	$121,367	$82,476

The following table sets forth the maturities of securities at December 31, 1998 and the weighted average yields of such securities calculated on the basis of the cost and effective yields weighted for the scheduled maturity of each security. Tax-equivalent adjustments using a 34% rate have been made in calculating yields on obligations of state and political subdivisions.

24

(dollars in thousands)	Within One Year	2 – 5 Years	6 - 10 Years	Over 10 Years	Mortgage-Backed Securities	No Fixed Maturity	Total
U.S. Treasury securities	$2,005	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 2,005
Yield	5.87%						5.87%
Obligations of U.S. government agencies		500	7,115	3,457			11,072
Yield		6.03%	6.72%	5.46%			6.30%
Obligations of state and political subdivisions(1)		1,732	7,315	23,406			32,453
Yield		6.11%	9.48%	7.66%			7.99%
Mortgage-backed securities					77,632		77,632
Yield					5.80%		5.80%
Corporate debt securities			504	497			1,001
Yield			6.25%	6.01%			6.13%
Equity securities(2)						6,468	6,468
Yield	-	-	-	-	-	6.48%	6.48%
Total maturities	$ 2,005	$ 2,232	$14,934	$27,360	$77,632	$ 6,468	$130,631
Weighted yield	5.87%	6.10%	8.06%	7.35%	5.80%	6.48%	6.42%

1) Yields on state and municipal securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using a 34% federal income tax rate.

2) Yield presented represents 1998 actual return.

LOANS

Total loans increased $45 million, or 16%, in 1998. Commercial loans provided $30 million of the increase while installment lending also contributed $26 million of growth since December 31, 1997. The commercial growth includes $18 million secured by real estate while the growth in installment loans includes $14 million of indirect auto loans and an additional $14 million which is secured by real estate. Residential real estate loans decreased $12 million in 1998 as the Company continued with its strategy of reducing interest rate risk through the sale of long-term, fixed-rate assets. During 1998, over $22 million of these long-term assets were sold in the secondary market resulting in a reduced level of interest rate risk and a net gain on the sales of approximately $189,000. The sale of these assets provides liquidity for future growth and also allows the Company to continue to provide competing products during the current low-rate environment.

25

Details regarding the loan portfolio for each of the last five years are as follows:

Loans Outstanding (dollars in thousands)
	December 31
	1998	1997	1996	1995	1994
Commercial and Financial	$189,453	$159,644	$136,620	$120,560	$103,602
Real Estate	45,855	57,523	67,262	67,333	65,960
Installment	93,589	67,196	59,183	44,587	26,007
Total Loans Gross	328,897	284,363	263,065	232,480	195,569
Unearned Discount	(4)	(10)	(18)	(37)	(65)
Total Loans	328,893	284,353	263,047	232,443	195,504
Reserve for Credit Losses	(4,283)	(3,623)	(3,167)	(2,800)	(2,250)
Net Loans	$324,610	$280,730	$259,880	$229,643	$193,254

The following schedule shows the repricing distribution of loans outstanding as of December 31, 1998. Also provided are these amounts classified according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates.

Loans Outstanding – Repricing Distribution (dollars in thousands)
	Within One Year	One to Five Years	Over Five Years	Total
Commercial and Financial	$107,992	$60,028	$ 21,433	$189,453
Real Estate	16,575	18,676	10,604	45,855
Installment	27,310	56,109	10,170	93,589
Total	$151,877	$134,813	$ 42,207	$328,897
Loans with predetermined interest rates	$ 34,041	$ 71,758	$ 33,232	$139,031
Loans with floating rates	117,836	63,055	8,975	189,866
Total	$151,877	$134,813	$ 42,207	$328,897

ASSET QUALITY

The Company manages credit risk through the application of policies and procedures designed to foster sound underwriting and credit monitoring practices, although, as is the case with any financial institution, a certain degree of credit risk is dependent in part on local and general economic conditions that are beyond the Company’s control.

The Company’s Risk Management Committee meets quarterly or more often as required and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding provisions for credit losses. The Committee reviews individual problem credits and ensures that ample reserves are established considering both general allowances and specific allocations.

26

The following schedule reflects various non-performing categories as of December 31 for each of the last five years:

	(dollars in thousands)
	1998	1997	1996	1995	1994
Nonaccrual loans (including impaired loans)	$ 845	$ 207	$ 714	$1,629	$2,285
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing	452	1,224	354	157	418
Other Real Estate Owned	0	0	337	25	75
Total Non-Performing Assets	$1,297	$1,431	$1,405	$1,811	$2,778

During 1998, total non-performing assets decreased due to the $772,000 reduction in loans past due more than ninety days. Nonaccrual loans increased $638,000 from the December 31, 1997 level and includes $660,000 that was transferred to nonaccrual status during 1998. The majority of the increase is split between three credits which are substantially secured by real estate. As of December 31, 1998, the Company’s ratio of nonaccrual loans to total loans was .26%, less than one-half of the national peer banks reported ratio of .63%. The Company continues to acknowledge the weakness in local real estate markets and in general economic conditions, emphasizing strict underwriting standards to minimize the negative impact of the current environment. Management remains ever conscious to avoid the problems of overlending experienced during the 1980’s and expects future efforts to reduce delinquency percentages during 1999.

27

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table presents an allocation of the allowance for credit losses as of the end of each of the last five years:

Loan Loss Reserve Allocation
(dollars in thousands)
	12/31/98		12/31/97		12/31/96			12/31/95		12/31/94
		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to TotalLoans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to TotalLoans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans		Percentage of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans
	Amount		Amount		Amount		Amount		Amount
Commercial and Financial	$1,706	58%	$1,340	56%	$1,326	52%	$1,094	52%	$1,110	53%
Real Estate	117	14%	118	20%	98	26%	105	29%	121	34%
Installment	92	28%	69	24%	61	22%	38	19%	29	13%
Unallocated	2,368	-	2,096	-	1,682	-	1,563	-	990	-
	$4,283	100%	$3,623	100%	$3,167	100%	$2,800	100%	$2,250	100%

The following schedule presents an analysis of the allowance for credit losses for each of the last

(Dollars in thousands)

Years Ended December 31

	(Dollars in thousands)
	Years Ended December 31
	1998	1997	1996	1995	1994
Balance, January 1	$3,623	$3,167	$2,800	$2,250	$2,027
Charge-Offs:
Commercial and Financial	77	547	420	449	495
Real Estate	50	9	20	97	60
Installment	180	141	141	59	38
Total Charge-Offs	307	697	581	605	593
Recoveries on Charged-Off Loans:
Commercial and Financial	11	8	109	327	103
Real Estate	1	0	0	1	0
Installment	35	35	19	31	13
Total Recoveries	47	43	128	359	116
Net Charge-Offs	260	654	453	246	477
Provision for Credit Losses	920	1,110	820	796	700
Balance, December 31	$4,283	$3,623	$3,167	$2,800	$2,250
Net Charge-Offs during the period as a percentage of average loans outstanding during the period	.09%	.24%	.18%	.12%	.28%
Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of net loans outstanding at end of period	1.30%	1.27%	1.20%	1.20%	1.15%

28

During 1998, losses charged to the reserve declined considerably from prior periods while recoveries were consistent with the 1997 total. During 1995, payments approximating $300,000 were received from loans charged-off in 1991, 1992 and 1994.

DEPOSITS

The primary source of funds to support the Company’s growth is its deposit base, and emphasis has been placed on accumulating new deposits while making every effort to retain current relationships. Total deposits increased $34 million in 1998 comprised primarily of growth in certificates of deposit but also includes over $7 million in low-cost savings and demand accounts.

The average daily amount of deposits and rates paid on such deposits is summarized for the periods indicated in the following table:

	Year Ended December 31,
	1998		1997		1996
	Amount	Rate	Amount	Rate	Amount	Rate
	(thousands of dollars)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$ 35,887		$ 31,707		$ 28,116
Interest-bearing demand deposits	50,504	2.43%	45,682	2.43%	38,637	2.43%
Savings deposits	41,983	2.38%	42,482	2.44%	45,257	2.57%
Time deposits	232,765	5.60%	215,115	5.62%	182,721	5.57%
Total	$361,139		$334,986		$294,731

Maturities of time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 1998, are summarized as follows:

Time Certificates of Deposit

(thousands of dollars)

3 months or less	$45,474
Over 3 through 6 months	8,083
Over 6 through 12 months	10,818
Over 12 months	4,966
Total	$69,341

ASSET AND LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The major objectives of the Company’s asset and liability management are to (1) manage exposure to changes in the interest rate environment to achieve a neutral interest sensitivity position within reasonable ranges, (2) ensure adequate liquidity and funding, (3) maintain a strong capital base, and (4) maximize net interest income opportunities. The Company manages these objectives through its Senior Management and Asset and Liability Management Committees. Members of the committees meet regularly to develop balance sheet strategies affecting the future level of net interest income, liquidity and

29

capital. Items that are considered in asset and liability management include balance sheet forecasts, the economic environment, the anticipated direction of interest rates and the Company’s earnings sensitivity to changes in these rates.

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

The Company analyzes its interest sensitivity position to manage the risk associated with interest rate movements through the use of gap analysis and simulation modeling. Interest rate risk arises from mismatches in the repricing of assets and liabilities within a given time period. Gap analysis is an approach used to quantify these differences. A positive gap results when the amount of interest-sensitive assets exceeds that of interest-sensitive liabilities within a given time period. A negative gap results when the amount of interest-sensitive liabilities exceeds that of interest-sensitive assets.

While gap analysis is a general indicator of the potential effect that changing interest rates may have on net interest income, the gap report has some limitations and does not present a complete picture of interest rate sensitivity. First, changes in the general level of interest rates do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or simultaneously. Second, assumptions must be made to construct a gap table. For example, non-maturity deposits are assigned a repricing interval based on internal assumptions. Management can influence the actual repricing of these deposits independent of the gap assumption. Third, the gap table represents a one-day position and cannot incorporate a changing mix of assets and liabilities over time as interest rates change.

Because of the limitations of the gap reports, the Company uses simulation modeling to project future net interest income streams incorporating the current gap position, the forecasted balance sheet mix, and the anticipated spread relationships between market rates and bank products under a variety of interest rate scenarios

The Company’s interest sensitivity at December 31, 1998 was essentially neutral within reasonable ranges; for example, an interest rate fluctuation of up or down 200 basis points would not be expected to have a significant impact on net interest income.

30

INTEREST RATE GAP

The following schedule illustrates the Company’s interest rate gap position as of December 31, 1998. At that date, the Company’s cumulative gap position at all intervals measured within one year were within internal guidelines.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
as of December 31, 1998
(dollars in thousands)
			Rate Sensitive			Not
	1 to 90	91 to 180	181 to 365	1 to 5	Beyond	Rate
	Days	Days	Days	Years	5 Years	Sensitive	Total
Commercial loans	$93,150	$5,492	$10,606	$59,964	$21,343	$0	$190,555
Mortgage loans	3,244	2,803	8,504	18,679	10,604	0	43,834
Installment loans	9,993	5,898	11,324	56,104	10,170	0	93,489
Total Loans	106,387	14,193	30,434	134,747	42,117	0	327,878
Securities-taxable	21,116	5,960	9,026	31,404	23,700	8,172	99,378
Securities-tax free	1,410	0	300	13,658	17,084	0	32,452
Total Securities	22,526	5,960	9,326	45,062	40,784	8,172	131,830
Interest-bearing deposits with banks	1,487	198	496	297	0	0	2,478
Federal funds sold	3,400	0	0	0	0	0	3,400
Total Money Market Assets	4,887	198	496	297	0	0	5,878
Total Earning Assets	133,800	20,351	40,256	180,106	82,901	8,172	465,586
Non-earning assets	0	0	0	0	0	22,082	22,082
Allowance for credit losses	0	0	0	0	0	(4,283)	(4,283)
Total Assets	$133,800	$20,351	$40,256	$180,106	$82,901	$25,971	$483,385
Interest-bearing demand deposits	$32,966	$0	$0	$18,274	$0	$0	$51,240
Savings deposits	0	463	688	40,866	0	0	42,017
Time deposits $100,000 and over	45,474	8,083	10,818	4,966	0	0	69,341
Other time deposits	38,526	27,332	50,215	61,941	0	0	178,014
Total Interest-Bearing Deposits	116,966	35,878	61,721	126,047	0	0	340,612
Borrowed funds and other
Interest-bearing liabilities	16,116	2038	17,718	24,303	5,000	0	65,175
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities	133,082	37,916	79,439	150,350	5,000	0	405,787
Demand deposits	0	0	0	0	0	39,427	39,427
Other liabilities	0	0	0	0	0	3,492	3,492
Stockholders' equity	0	0	0	0	0	34,679	34,679
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity	$133,082	$37,916	$79,439	$150,350	$5,000	$77,598	$483,385
Interest Rate Sensitivity gap	718	(17,565)	(39,183)	29,756	77,901	(51,627)
Cumulative gap	718	(16,847)	(56,030)	(26,274)	51,627

31

The Company’s computerized simulation modeling system also measures exposure to interest rate risk, taking into account a growing balance sheet under various interest rate scenarios. As of December 31, 1998, the modeling system provided results which were within policy guidelines of plus or minus ten percent assuming a 200 basis point shift in market interest rates.

LIQUIDITY

The term “liquidity” refers to the ability of the Company to generate sufficient amounts of cash to meet its cash-flow needs. Liquidity is required to fulfill the borrowing needs of the Company’s credit customers and the withdrawal and maturity requirements of its deposit customers, as well as to meet other financial commitments. Cash and cash equivalents (cash and due from banks and federal funds sold) are the Company’s most liquid assets. At December 31, 1998 cash and cash equivalents totaled $13.4 million, compared to the December 31, 1997 level of $14.7 million. Financing activities provided $50.0 million and operating activities provided $6.8 million of cash and cash equivalents during the year while investing activities utilized $58.0 million. The cash flow provided by financing activities is due to deposit growth and an increase in borrowed funds outstanding while the funds provided by operating activities pertains to interest payments received on loans and investments. The cash used in investing activities consists of loan proceeds and security purchases.

Core deposits, which represent the Company’s primary source of liquidity, averaged $299.5 million in 1998, an increase of $18.3 million, or 7%, from the $281.2 million average in 1997. This increase in average core deposits was supplemented with a $7.8 million increase in average jumbo certificates and a $20.3 million increase in average borrowed funds and other interest-bearing liabilities.

The Company has other potential sources of liquidity, including repurchase agreements. Additionally, the Company can borrow on credit lines established at several correspondent banks and at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh. The Federal Reserve Discount Window also provides a funding source of last resort.

CAPITAL

A strong capital base is essential to the continued growth and profitability of the Company and in that regard the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is a management priority. The Company’s principal capital planning goals are to provide an adequate return to shareholders while retaining a sufficient base from which to provide for future growth, while at the same time complying with all regulatory standards. As more fully described in Note 12 to the financial statements, regulatory authorities have prescribed specified minimum capital ratios as guidelines for determining capital adequacy to help insure the safety and soundness of financial institutions.

As a result of the significant growth the Company has experienced in recent years, capital ratios, although well above the regulatory minimums, had been steadily decreasing. Based on management s intent to maintain a well-capitalized status as well as a desire to attract new shareholders, 144,000 shares of stock were offered and sold in 1995 resulting in an increase of $3.6 million of Tier 1 capital. On May 15, 1996, stockholders voted to increase the number of authorized shares from 1,500,000 to 5,000,000.

32

The following schedules present information regarding the Company’s risk-based capital at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and selected other capital ratios.

CAPITAL ANALYSIS (dollars in thousands)
	December 31
	1998	1997	1996
Tier I Capital:
Shareholders’equity	$ 33,887	$ 30,483	$ 27,247
Total Tier I Capital	$ 33,887	$ 30,483	$ 27,247
Tier II Capital:
Allowable portion of allowance for credit losses	$ 4,157	$ 3,483	$ 3,167
Total Risk-Based Capital	$ 38,044	$ 33,966	$ 30,414
Total Risk-Weighted Assets	$332,519	$278,680	$265,366

CAPITAL RATIOS
		December 31
	Regulatory Minimum	1998	1997	1996
Total Risk-Based Capital	8.00%	11.45%	12.19%	11.46%
Tier I Risk-Based Capital	4.00%	10.19%	10.94%	10.27%
Tier I Leverage Ratio	3.00%	7.10%	7.28%	7.41%
Return on Assets	N/A	1.13%	1.16%	1.13%
Return on Equity*	N/A	15.29%	15.85%	14.83%
Equity to Assets Ratio*	N/A	7.17%	7.37%	7.42%
Dividend Payout Ratio	N/A	33.35%	30.06%	30.40%
* Includes the effect of SFAS 115 in the amount of $791,000 in 1998, $1,097,000 in 1997 and $384,000 in 1996.

It is the philosophy of Management and the Board of Directors to increase capital primarily through the retention of earnings During 1995, the Bank offered and sold 144,000 shares of stock increasing the number of outstanding shares to 991,504. In 1996, the Board approved a 10% stock dividend which resulted in the issuance of 98,920 new shares and which increased the total number of shares outstanding to 1,090,424. During 1997, the Board of Directors again approved the payment of a 10% stock dividend adding 108,756 new shares and increasing the total number of shares outstanding to 1,199,180. In 1998, shareholders received a 100% stock dividend which doubled the outstanding shares to the current

2,398,360.

During 1998, regulatory capital increased $3.4 million due to the retention of earnings after paying $1.7 million in cash dividends. As of December 31, 1998, there were 2,601,640 shares of stock available for future sale or stock dividends. The approximate number of stockholders of record at December 31,

33

1998 was 900. Quarterly market highs and lows, dividends paid and known market makers are highlighted in the Investor Information section of this Annual Report. Refer to Note 12 to the financial statements for further discussion of capital requirements and dividend limitations.

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND FORWARD OUTLOOK

Economic conditions affect financial institutions, as they do other businesses, in a number of ways. Rising inflation affects all businesses through increased operating costs but affects banks primarily through the manner in which they manage their interest sensitive assets and liabilities in a rising rate environment. Economic recession can also have a material effect on financial institutions as the assets and liabilities affected by a decrease in interest rates must be managed in a way that will maximize the largest component of a bank’s income, that being net interest income. Recessionary periods may also tend to decrease borrowing needs and increase the uncertainty inherent in the borrowers’ ability to pay previously advanced loans. Additionally, reinvestment of investment portfolio maturities can pose a problem as attractive rates are not as available. Management closely monitors the interest rate risk of the balance sheet and the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio in order to minimize the effects of fluctuations caused by changes in general economic conditions.

When 1998 began, the Federal funds rate was 5.50%, the prime rate was 8.50%, and the thirty year Treasury bond was yielding 5.96%. At the same time, inflationary fears and problems in Asia were sending mixed signals but were providing upward pressure on interest rates as a majority of economists were leaning toward a Fed tightening during the first half of 1998. As recent as July, the Federal Open Market Committee minutes reveal that the risk of inflation was greater than the risk of weakness in the economy, but any change in policy was deferred. During the third quarter, foreign markets in Japan, Russia and Latin America were experiencing further weakness and reduced the chances of inflationary pressure domestically. In September, further pressures from abroad and the adverse consequences on domestic activity resulted in the Fed reducing the federal funds rate by — of a percentage point with a bias toward further easing. During the next seven weeks, a second and third round of rate cuts followed resulting in the current federal funds rate of 4.75% and the corresponding reduction in the prime lending rate to 7.75%. As of year end, the yield on the thirty year Treasury bond was down eighty-one basis points to 5.15%. Economic forecasts point toward a continued slowing in the expansion of economic activity during 1999 and the possibility of further rate cuts, although underlying forces could affect interest rates in either direction. With this in mind, management maintains a philosophy of not attempting to predict future rate movements but rather on focusing efforts to maintain earnings momentum in various rate environments.

The Company is currently working to address the potential impact of the Year 2000 issue on the processing of date sensitive information. The Year 2000 issue is pervasive and complex as virtually every computer operation will be affected in some way by the rollover of the two-digit year value to 00. The issue is whether computer systems will properly recognize date-sensitive information when the year changes to 2000. Systems that do not properly recognize such information could generate erroneous data or cause a system to fail. In order to address the issues, the Company is utilizing both internal and external resources to identify and modify where necessary to ensure Year 2000 compliance. We believe that the risk lies in the fact that if our customers and suppliers are not Year 2000 compliant, it can cause our plan to fail. The Company’s Year 2000 Committee has conducted a comprehensive review of its computer systems and has adopted a five-step approach to correct any potential problem: Awareness, Assessment, Renovation, Validation and Implementation. We have conducted training seminars for both our employees and our customers in order to raise awareness for the project. We have analyzed all of our vendors, loan and deposit customers, and computerized systems to determine those who are mission critical to the success of our plan. Each vendor and customer has been contacted to determine its state of Y2K compliance. Any vendor

34

that does not meet the Company’s compliance standards will be addressed on an individual basis. By the end of the second quarter of this year, all of our critical systems will have been renovated for Year 2000 readiness and they will have been put through extensive testing to prove compliance with the century date change. Additionally, exhaustive contingency plans have been formulated for both remediation concerns and for business resumption efforts. The final phase in assuring compliance is comprised of the efforts that we must take to ensure a smooth transition into 2000. In this phase, liquidity, physical plant, and communications issues are addressed. The Year 2000 Project Team has projected that the cost of Year 2000 compliance would be minimal and would not have a negative impact on the earnings of the Company. It is also not anticipated that the Year 2000 issue will have a significant negative impact on the operations of the Company, but no assurance can be made that the systems of others that the Company relies upon will be compliant.

As of this writing, the Company was not aware of any pronouncements or legislation that would have a material impact on the results of operations.

BUSINESS

The Company

First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is a Pennsylvania corporation, incorporated in 1997. The company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The company became an active bank holding company on July 1, 1998, when it acquired all of the outstanding shares of First National Community Bank. The bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the company.

The company’s primary activity consists of owning and operating the bank, which provides customary retail and commercial banking services to individuals and businesses. The bank provides practically all of the company’s earnings as a result of its banking services.

The Bank

The bank was established as a national banking association in 1910 as “The First National Bank of Dunmore.” Based upon shareholder approval received at a Special Shareholders’ Meeting held October 27, 1987, the bank changed its name to “First National Community Bank,” effective March 1, 1988. The Bank’s operations are conducted from offices located in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania:

the Main Office in Dunmore;

the downtown Scranton branch (established 1980);

the Dickson City branch (opened December 1984);

the Fashion Mall office, Scranton/Carbondale Highway (opened July 1988);

the Wilkes-Bane branch (opened July 1993);

the Pittston Plaza Office (opened April 1995);

the Kingston Office (opened August 1996); and

the Exeter Office (opened November 1998).

The bank provides the usual commercial banking services to individuals and businesses, including a wide variety of deposit instruments. Consumer loans include both secured and unsecured installment loans, fixed and variable rate mortgages, home equity term loans and Lines of Credit and “Instant Money” overdraft protection loans. Additionally, the bank is in the business of underwriting indirect auto loans that various auto dealers in northeastern Pennsylvania originate and, in 1999, the bank began to originate dealer

35

floor plan loans. MasterCard and VISA personal credit cards are available through the bank, as well as the FNCB Check Card which allows customers to access their checking account at any retail location that accepts VISA and serves the dual purpose of an ATM card. In the commercial lending field, the bank offers demand and term loans, either secured or unsecured, letters of credit, working capital loans, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment financing loans, and commercial mortgages. In addition, the bank offers MasterCard and VISA processing services to its commercial customers, as well as Auto Cash Manager that is a personal computer-based, menu-driven product that allows our business customers to have direct access to their account information and the ability to perform certain daily transactions from their place of business.

As a result of the bank’s affiliation with INVEST, our customers are able to access alternative products such as mutual funds, annuities, stock and bond purchases, etc. directly from our INVEST representative. The bank also offers customers the convenience of 24-hour banking, seven days a week, through its Money Access Center (“MAC”) network. These automated teller machines are available at the following community offices:

Dunmore;

Dickson City;

Fashion Mall;

Pittston;

Kingston; and

Exeter;

as well as a remote facility in the C-Plus Mini Mart, 309 Main Street, Blakely.

Additionally, to further enhance 24-hour banking services, Telephone Banking (Account Link), Loan by Phone, and Mortgage Link became available to customers during 1997. These services provide consumers the ability to access account information, perform related account transfers, and apply for a loan through the use of a touch-tone telephone.

As of December 31, 1998, no material portion of the bank’s deposits has been obtained from a single person or entity. An industry concentration exists with regard to the restaurant industry. Loans and letters of credit to the restaurant industry approximated $11.0 million as of December 31, 1998. A majority of these loans are secured by first mortgages on commercial properties where third-party loan payments paid directly to the bank are the primary source of repayment.

Competition

The bank is one of two financial institutions with principal offices in Dunmore. Primary competition in the Dunmore, Scranton and Mid Valley markets comes from several commercial banks and savings and loan associations operating in these areas. Our Luzerne County offices share many of the same competitors we face in Lackawanna County as well as several banks and savings & loans that are not in our Lackawanna County market. Deposit deregulation has intensified the competition for deposits among banks in recent years. Additional competition is derived from credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and retailers.

36

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Securities Regulation

The company is under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of state securities commission for matters relating to the offering and sale of its securities. In addition, the company is subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and regulations relating to periodic reporting, proxy solicitation, and insider trading.

As a registered bank holding company, the company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Act of 1956. As a bank holding company, the company’s activities and those of the bank are limited to the business of banking and activities closely related or incidental to banking. Bank holding companies are required to file periodic reports with and are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has issued regulations under the Bank Holding Company Act that require a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. As a result, the Federal Reserve Board, by regulation, may require that the company stand ready to use its resources to provide adequate capital funds to its bank subsidiary during periods of financial stress or adversity.

The Bank Holding Company Act prohibits the company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting stock, or substantially all of the assets of, any bank, or from merging or consolidating with another bank holding company, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the Bank Holding Company Act prohibits the company from engaging in or acquiring ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting stock of any company engaged in a non-banking business, unless the business is determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking.

As a Pennsylvania bank holding company for purpose of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the company is also subject to regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.

The bank is a national bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System and its deposits are insured, up to the applicable limits, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The bank is subject to regulation and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and to a lesser extent, the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC. The bank is also subject to requirements and restrictions under federal and state law, including requirements to maintain reserves against~deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted and the interest that may be charged on the loans, and limitation on the types of investments the bank may make and the types of services the bank may offer. Various consumer loans regulations also affect the operations of the bank. In addition to the impact of regulation, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in order to influence the economy.

Adequacy Guidelines

Bank holding companies are required to comply with the Federal Reserve Board’s risk based capital guidelines. The required minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit, is 8%. At least half of the total capital is required to be “Tier I Capital,” consisting principally of common stockholders’ equity, less certain intangible assets. The remainder, “Tier II Capital,” may consist of certain preferred stock, a limited amount of subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, and a limited amount of

37

the general loan loss allowance. The risk-based capital guidelines are required to take adequate account of interest rate risk, concentration of credit risk, and risks of nontraditional activities.

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve Board requires a banking holding company to maintain a leverage ratio of a minimum level of Tier I capital (as determined under the risk-based capital guidelines) equal to 3% of average total consolidated assets for those bank holding companies that have the highest regulatory examination rating and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the stated minimum. First National Community Bank is subject to almost identical capital requirements adopted by the 0CC.

Prompt Corrective Action Rules

The Federal banking agencies have regulations defining the levels at which an insured institution would be considered:

well capitalized;

adequately capitalized;

undercapitalized;

significantly undercapitalized; and

critically undercapitalized.

The applicable Federal bank regulator for a depository institution could, under certain circumstances, reclassify a “well-capitalized” institution as “adequately capitalized” or require an “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were in the next lower category. A reclassification could be made if the regulatory agency determines that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition (which could include unsatisfactory examination ratings). The company and the bank each satisfy the criteria to be classified as “well capitalized” within the meaning of applicable regulations.

Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends

The bank may not, under the National Bank Act, declare a dividend without approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, unless the dividend to be declared by the bank’s Board of Directors does not exceed the total of:

the bank’s net profits for the current year to date; plus

its retained net profits for the preceding two current years, less any required transfers to surplus.

In addition, the bank can only pay dividends to the extent that its retained net profits (including the portion transferred to surplus) exceed its bad debts. The Federal Reserve Board, the 0CC and the FDIC have formal and informal policies which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings, with some exceptions. The Prompt Corrective Action Rules, described above, further limit the ability of banks to pay dividends, because banks which are not classified as well capitalized or adequately capitalized may not pay dividends.

Under these policies and subject to the restrictions applicable to the bank, the bank could declare, during 1999, without prior regulatory approval, aggregate dividends of approximately $6.6 million, plus net profits earned to the date of such dividend declaration.

38

FDIC Insurance Assessments

The FDIC has implemented a risk-related premium schedule for all insured depository institutions that results in the assessment of premiums based on capital and supervisory measures.

Under the risk-rated premium schedule, the FDIC assigns, on a semiannual basis, each depository institution to one of three capital groups (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized) and further assigns such institutions to one of three subgroups within a capital group. The institution’s subgroup assignment is based upon the FDIC’s judgment of the institution’s strength in light of supervisory evaluations, including examination reports, statistical analyses and other information relevant to measuring the risk posed by the institution. Only institutions with a total capital to risk-adjusted assets ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier I capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6% or greater, and a Tier I leverage ratio of 5% or greater, are assigned to the well-capitalized group. As December 31, 1998, the bank was well capitalized for purposed of calculating insurance assessments.

The Bank Insurance Fund is presently fully funded at more than the minimum amount required by law. Accordingly, the 1999 BIF assessment rates range from zero for those institutions with the least risk, to $0.27 for every $100 of insured deposits for institutions deemed to have the highest risk. The bank is in the category of institutions that presently pay nothing for deposit insurance. The FDIC adjusts the rates every six months.

While the bank presently pays no premiums for deposit insurance, it is subject to assessments to pay the interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation. FICO was created by Congress to issue bonds to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions. Prior to 1997, only thrift institutions were subject to assessments to raise funds to pay the FICO bonds.

On September 30, 1996, as part of the omnibus budget act, Congress enacted the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996, which recapitalized the Savings Association Insurance Fund and provided that commercial banks would be subject to 1/5 of the assessment to which thrifts are subject for FICO bond payments through 1999. Beginning in 2000, commercial banks and thrifts will be subject to the same assessment for FICO bonds. The HCO assessment for the bank (and for all commercial banks) for the first six months of 1999 is $.0063 for each $100 of deposits.

New Legislation

Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every legislative session that would dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. At this time, we cannot estimate whether or not legislation will be enacted and what effect the legislation might have on the company and the bank.

Interstate Banking

Prior to the passage of the Reigle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking Act”), the Bank Holding Company Act prohibited a bank holding company located in one state from acquiring a bank located in another state, unless the acquisition by the out-ofstate bank holding company was specifically authorized by the law of the state where the bank to be acquired was located. Similarly, interstate branching by a single bank was generally prohibited by the McFadden Act. The Interstate Banking Act permits an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company to acquire a bank in another state whether or not the law of that other state permits the acquisition, subject to certain deposit concentration caps and approval by the Federal Reserve Board.

39

In addition, under the Interstate Banking Act, a bank can engage in interstate expansion by merging with a bank in another state, unless the other state affirmatively opted out of the legislation before June 1, 1997. The Interstate Banking Act also permits de novo interstate branching, but only if a state affirmatively opts in by adopting appropriate legislation. Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland and New Jersey. as well as other states, have adopted “opt in” legislation which allows these transactions.

Employees

As of April 16, 1999, the bank had the equivalent of 174 full-time employees. None of its employees is represented by a collective bargaining unit. The bank considers relations with its employees to be good.

Properties

Property	Location	Type of Ownership	Use
1	102 East Drinker Street Dunmore, PA	Own	Main Office
2	419-421 Spruce Street Scranton, PA	Own	Scranton Branch
3	934 Main Avenue Dickson City, PA	Own	Dickson City Branch
4	277 Scranton/Carbondale Highway Scranton, PA	Lease	Fashion Mall Branch
5	23 West Market Street Wilkes-Barre, PA	Lease	Wilkes-Barre Branch
6	1700 N. Township Blvd. Pittston, PA	Lease	Pittston Plaza Branch
7	754 Wyoming Avenue Kingston, PA	Lease	Kingston Branch
8	1625 Wyoming Avenue Exeter, PA	Lease	Exeter Branch
9	200 S. Blakely Street Dunmore, PA	Lease	Administrative Center
10	107-109 S. Blakely Street Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot
11	114-116 S. Blakely Street Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot
12	1708 Tripp Avenue Dunmore, PA	Own	Parking Lot

40

Legal Proceedings

Neither the company nor the bank is a party to, nor is any of their property the subject of, any material pending legal proceedings incidental to the business of the company other than those arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, no such proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of the company or the bank.

MANAGEMENT

First National Community’s Board of Directors presently consists of 13 members, one-third (as nearly equal in number as possible) of whom are to be elected annually to serve for a term of three years.

The following table sets forth the name, age and term of office of each executive officer and director of the company and the principal occupations of these individuals during the past five years. The executive officers are appointed to their respective offices annually. All directors of the company also serve as directors of the bank and the terms for both expire at the same time. Unless otherwise indicated, the principal occupation listed for a person has been that person’s occupation for at least the past five years. Because a majority of persons listed served as officers or directors of the bank before First National Community was formed as its holding company in 1998, the table indicates the earliest year a person became an officer or director for the bank or the company.

Name	Age	Principal Occupations During Past Five Years	Director or Officer Since
Angelo F. Bistocchi	79	Retired Restauranteur Vice President of the Board of the Bank since 1978	1971
Michael G. Cestone	36	President, S. G. Mastriani Company (General Contractor)	1988
Michael J. Cestone, Jr.	67	President, M. R. Co. C.E.O., S. G. Mastriani Company Secretary of the Board of the Bank since 1971	1969
Joseph Coccia	44	President, Coccia Ford, Inc. President, Coccia Lincoln Mercury, Inc.	1998
William P. Conaboy	40	Vice President, General Counsel, Allied Services	1998
Dominick L. DeNaples	61	President F & L Realty Corp. Vice President, DeNaples Auto Parts, Inc. Vice President, Keystone Landfill Inc.	1987
Louis A. DeNaples	58	President, DeNaples Auto Parts, Inc. President, Keystone Landfill, Inc. Vice President, F & L Realty Corp. Chairman of the Board of the Bank since 1988	1972
Joseph J. Gentile	68	President, Dunmore Oil Co., Inc.	1989
Martin F. Gibbons	83	Partner, Gibbons Ford	1988

Joseph O. Haggerty	59	Retired Superintendent, Dunmore School District	1987
George N. Juba	72	Consultant to the Bank	1973
William S. Lance	39	Senior Vice President since 1994	1991
J. David Lombardi	50	President and Chief Executive Officer since 1988	1986
John R. Thomas	81	Chairman of the Board, Wesel Manufacturing Company (design and manufacturing of precision machinery)	1967

Family Relationships

Family relationships exist within the Bank between directors. Michael J. Cestone, Jr., Secretary of the Board of Directors, is the father of Michael G. Cestone. Dominick L. DeNaples is the brother of Louis A. DeNaples, Chairman of the Board.

The Board of Directors

During 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company held 5 meetings. Directors received no

remuneration for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company.

During 1998, the bank’s Board of Directors held 23 meetings. Each of the directors attended at least 75% of the meetings of the bank’s board of Directors for which they were scheduled, with the exception of Mr. George N. Juba.

The directors generally function as a full board. In lieu of a nominating committee, the full Board nominates the slate for the election of the Board of Directors. In lieu of a compensation committee, the full Board appoints and sets compensation of officers and directors. In lieu of an audit committee, the full board appoints the independent outside accountants to conduct external audits of the Company’s books, records and procedures and meets with the outside accountants to discuss the results of their audits. To assure maximum independence and candor in the internal audit function, management director Lombardi,

42

who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, does not participate in the board’s deliberations when the Board receives reports from its internal auditor. During 1998, the Board held 4 meetings of this type. All non-management members attended at least 75% of the meetings for which they were scheduled except Mr. George N. Tuba and Mr. Joseph Coccia.

In1993, the Board of Directors of the bank established a Senior Loan Committee to meet on alternating weeks as deemed necessary. Membership on this committee consists of:

the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (permanent members); and

other members of the Board of Directors (appointed on a rotating basis quarterly, with no more than three members appointed from this group at any one time.)

In 1998, there were 12 meetings of the Senior Loan Committee. Each appointed director was present for more than 75% of the meetings for which they were scheduled except Mr. Michael J. Cestone, Jr., Mr. William P. Conaboy, Mr. John R. Thomas and Mr. George N. Juba.

Compensation of Directors

Members of the bank’s Board of Directors are compensated at the rate of $1,000 per meeting, including 4 compensated absences at full compensation, after which members are not paid for any unexcused absence, except for Mr. George N. Tuba who is compensated for unlimited absences. The bank limits excused absences to non-attendance due to other bank business. The aggregate amount of Board fees paid in 1998 was $284,000. Certain directors also receive fees for additional services rendered. The aggregate amount of these fees paid in 1998 was $31,500. All directors of the bank also received an additional fee of $7,500 in 1998.

Compensation Committee Interlocksand Insider Participation

J. David Lombardi, President and Chief Executive Officer of the company and the bank, is a member of the Board of Directors of the company and the bank. Mr. Lombardi makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding compensation of employees. Mr. Lombardi does not participate in conducting his own review. The entire Board of Directors votes to establish and approve the company’s compensation policies.

Employment Agreements

The bank entered into an employment agreement with Mr. J. David Lombardi, President and Chief Executive Officer, effective on January 1, 1990, and as amended September 28, 1994. On July 8, 1998, the Board of Directors of the company approved and adopted an amendment to the employment agreement which added the company as a party to the agreement. This agreement is designed to assist the company and the bank in retaining a highly qualified executive and to help insure that if the company is faced with an unsolicited tender offer proposal, Mr. Lombardi will continue to manage the company without being unduly distracted by the uncertainties of his personal affairs and thereby will be better able to assist in evaluating such a proposal in an objective manner.

The agreement provided for a base annual salary of $155,000 in 1998. The Board may establish additional compensation by way of salary increases, bonuses or fringe benefits from time to time. The agreement does not preclude Mr. Lombardi from serving as a director of the company and the bank and receiving related fees.

43

The company may terminate the agreement with or without “just cause,” as defined in the agreement, or upon death, permanent disability, or normal retirement of Mr. Lombardi, or, upon the termination of Mr. Lombardi’s employment by resignation or otherwise. In the event the company terminates his employment with “just cause,” Mr. Lombardi will receive a salary payment at his then effective base salary, as if his employment had not been terminated, for

a period of 3 months, excluding bonuses or fringe or supplemental payments previously authorized by the Board of Directors. In the event that the company terminates him without just cause, Mr. Lombardi continues to receive, each month for a period of 2 years from the effective date of termination:

his monthly base salary payments from the bank at the rate in effect on the date of the termination;

his Board of Directors fees; and

1/12th of the average of the bonuses paid to him over the preceding 3 years.

In the event that there is a “change in control,” as defined in the agreement, and as a result of the change in control:

Mr. Lombardi’s employment is terminated; or

his duties or authority are substantially diminished; or

he is removed from the office of Chief Executive Officer of the reorganized employer;

then Mr. Lombardi may terminate his employment by giving notice to the bank within 60 days of the occurrence of in the “change of control.”

Upon termination, the company is obligated to pay Mr. Lombardi the following:

3 times his annual base salary as in effect on the date of the change in control;

3 times his annual Board of Director’s fee; and

3 times the average of his bonuses for the prior 3 years.

Subsequent to termination, Mr. Lombardi may not accept employment in any office or branch of any financial institution or subsidiary in Lackawanna County for a period of 3 years, unless severance was made by the company “without just cause.”

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Board of Directors Report on Executive Compensation

The Board of Directors of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for the governance of the company and its subsidiary, First National Community Bank. In fulfilling its fiduciary duties, the Board of Directors acts in the best interests of the company’s shareholders, customers and the communities served by the company and the bank. To accomplish the company’s strategic goals and objectives, the Board of Directors engages competent persons who undertake to accomplish these objectives with integrity and in a cost-effective manner. The compensation of these individuals is part of the Board of Directors’ fulfillment of its duties to accomplish the company’s strategic mission. The bank provides compensation to the employees of the bank. The company’s employees receive no compensation.

The fundamental philosophy of the company’s and the bank’s compensation program is to offer competitive compensation opportunities for all employees based on the individual’s contribution and personal performance. The compensation program is administered by the Board of Directors, 12 of whom are outside directors, and all of whom are listed below. The Board’s objectives are to establish a fair compensation policy to govern executive officers’ base salaries and incentive plans to attract and motivate

44

competent, dedicated, and ambitious managers, whose efforts will enhance the products and services of the bank, the results of which will be improved profitability, increased dividends to our shareholders and subsequent appreciation in the market value of our shares.

The compensation of the bank’s top executives is reviewed and approved annually by the Board of Directors. As a guideline for review in determining base salaries, the Board uses a Regional

National/Financial Industry Salary Survey that covers financial institutions that are primarily in the

Pennsylvania marketplace, as well as institutions that are located outside of the Commonwealth. This

survey includes more institutions than are listed on the peer group performance chart.

Under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the company may not deduct certain forms of compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to a highly compensated executive. Based upon a review of our current compensation plans and practices, including the retirement plan and 401(k) plan, the Board concluded that no action would be taken at this time and that further review would be made during 1999.

The Board does not deem Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code to be applicable to the company at this time. The Board intends to monitor the future application of Section 162(m) to the compensation paid to its executive officers, and, in the event that this section becomes applicable, the Board intends to amend the company’s compensation plans to preserve the deductibility of compensation payable under such plans.

The Board of Directors determined that the Chief Executive Officer’s 1999 salary of $155,000 is appropriate. There is, however, no direct correlation between the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, the Chief Executive Officer’s increase in compensation and the company’s 1998 performance. The increase in the Chief Executive’s compensation was based on the Board’s subjective determination after review of all information that it deemed relevant.

The Board of Directors established that the 1999 compensation of the bank’s executive officers increased by 5.87 % over 1998 compensation. Compensation increases were determined by the Board based on its subjective analysis of the individual’s contribution to the company’s strategic goals and objectives. Although the performance and increases in compensation were measured in light of these factors, there is no direct correlation between any specific criterion and the employees compensation, nor is there any specific weight provided to any such criteria in the Board’s analysis. The determination by the Board is subjective after review of all information that it deemed relevant.

General labor market conditions, the specific responsibilities of an individual, and the individual’s contributions to the company’s success influence total compensation opportunities available to the employees of the bank. The Board reviews individuals annually on a calendar year basis. The bank strives to offer compensation that is competitive with that offered by employers of comparable size in the industry. Through these compensation policies, the company strives to meet its strategic goals and objectives to its constituencies and to provide compensation that is fair and meaningful to its employees.

Submitted by the Board of Directors
Angelo Bistocchi	Joseph J. Gentile
Michael G. Cesione	Martin F. Gibbons
Michael J. Cestone, Jr.	Joseph 0. Haggerty
Joseph Coccia	George N. Juba
William P. Conaboy	J. David Lombardi
Dominick L. DeNaples	John R. Thomas
Louis A. DeNaples

45

	Period Ending
INDEX	12/31/93	12/31/94	12/31/95	12/31/96	12/31/97	12/31/98
First National Community Bancorp Inc.	100.00	104.78	142.17	201.18	256.66	468.50
NASDAQ-Total US	100.00	97.75	138.26	170.01	208.58	293.21
NASDAQ Bank Index	100.00	99.64	148.38	195.91	328.02	324.90
SNL <$500M Bank Asset-Size Index	100.00	107.55	147.13	189.37	322.82	294.76

(1) SNL Securities is a research and publishing firm specializing in the collection and dissemination of data on the banking, thrift and financial services industries.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

We set forth in the following table certain information, as of April 16, 1999, regarding the beneficial ownership of the company’s common stock of each director and nominee, all directors and principal officers as a group, and all persons who own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the company. Management knows of no persons, other than directors Louis A. DeNaples and Dominick L. DeNaples, who own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding company stock. Unless otherwise listed, shares beneficially owned represent sole voting and investment power of the individuals named.

We determine the securities “beneficially owned” by an individual in accordance with the

46

definitions of “beneficial ownership” in the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and may include securities owned by or for the individual’s spouse and minor children and any other relative who has the same home, as well as securities to which the individual has or shares voting or investment power or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after April 16, 1999. Individuals may disclaim beneficial ownership as to certain of the securities. Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are legally owned by the reporting person individually or jointly with his spouse.

Beneficial Ownership Table

	Shares Beneficially Owned (1)	Percent of Class
Angelo F. Bistocchi	20,146	0.84
Michael G. Cestone	9,984	0.42
Michael J. Cestone, Jr. (1)	36,392	1.52
Joseph Coccia	11,890	0.50
William P. Conaboy	936	0.04
Dominick L. DeNaples (2)	162,856	6.79
Louis A. DeNaples (3)	174,422	7.27
Joseph J. Gentile (4)	106,346	4.43
Martin F. Gibbons	20,554	0.86
Joseph O. Haggerty	3,872	0.16
George N. Juba	14,644	0.61
J. David Lombardi (5)	27,720	1.15
John R. Thomas (6)	38,479	1.60
All directors and principal officers as a group (14)	628,925	26.22

1	Includes 8,090 shares owned individually by his spouse.
2	Includes 12,000 shares held jointly with his children.
3	Includes 2,282 shares owned individually by his spouse and 7,462 shares held jointly with his children.
4	Includes 21,670 shares owned individually by his spouse.
5	Includes 144 shares held by his minor children.
6	Includes 5,400 shares owned individually by his spouse.

47

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Indebtedness of Management

Some of the directors and officers of the bank and the companies with which they are associated were customers of, and had banking transactions with, the bank in the ordinary course of its business during 1998 and the bank expects to have such banking transactions in the future. All loans and commitments to loan included in such transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness and in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Bank, do not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

At March 31, 1999, the outstanding principal amount of indebtedness to the bank owed by directors and executive officers and their associates, who were indebted to the bank on that date, aggregated $17.3 million which represented approximately 50% of the bank’s equity capital accounts.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Common Stock

The company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.25 per share. At December 31, 1998, the company had 2,601,640 authorized but unissued shares. The Board of Directors may issue shares of common stock without shareholder approval, as long as, there are authorized but unissued shares available. Issuance of these shares could cause a dilution of the book value of the stock and the voting power of shareholders. Shareholders are entitled to 1 vote per share on all matters presented to them and have no cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

The common stock has no preemptive, subscription, or conversion rights, redemption or repurchase provisions. The shares are non-assessable and require no sinking fund. Each shareholder is entitled to receive dividends as declared by the Board of Directors and to share pro rata in the event of dissolution or liquidation.

Legal Opinion

Shumaker Williams, PC., 3425 Simpson Ferry Road, Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to the company and bank, has delivered an opinion to the effect that the shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the plan will be, when issued and delivered pursuant to the terms of the plan, fully paid and non-assessable by the company.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, the Articles of Incorporation and the By-laws of the company, there are 12 provisions that may be deemed to be “anti-takeover” in nature that are applicable to the company. Two of these provisions are:

the authorization of 5,000,000 shares of common stock; and

the lack of preemptive rights for shareholders to subscribe to purchase additional shares of stock on a pro rata basis.

48

The additional shares of common stock and the elimination of preemptive rights to the stock provide the Board of Directors of the company with as much flexibility as possible to issue additional shares, without further shareholder approval for proper corporate purposes, including:

financing,

acquisitions,

stock dividends,

stock splits,

employee incentive plans

and other similar purposes.

However, these additional shares may also be used by the Board of Directors, if consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities, to deter future attempts to gain control over the company.

The company’s By-Laws include provisions for a classified board. The Board of Directors believes that a classified board helps to assure continuity and stability of corporate leadership and policy. In addition, a classified board helps to moderate the pace of any change in control of the Board of Directors by extending the time required to elect a majority of the directors to at least two successive annual meetings. However, this extension of time also tends to discourage a tender offer or takeover bid and may also be “anti-takeover” in nature. In addition, a classified board makes it more difficult for a majority of the shareholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors even though this may be considered desirable for them.

Another provision that could be considered “anti-takeover” in nature is the elimination of cumulative voting. Cumulative voting entitles each shareholder to as many votes as equal the number of shares owned by him multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. A shareholder may cast all of these votes for one candidate or distribute them among any two or more candidates. Cumulative voting is optional under the Pennsylvania law. The Board of Directors believes that each director should represent and act in the interest of all shareholders and not any special group of shareholders. The absence of cumulative voting means that a majority of the outstanding shares can elect all the members of the Board of Directors. Although the company has approximately 900 shareholders, the Board of Directors recognizes that the absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult to gain representation on the Board of Directors.

Provisions in the company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-laws require action by a majority of the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Exec~nive Committee of the company to call a Special Meeting of Shareholders. The company’s By-laws may be amended by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors, subject to the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the issued and outstanding shares to change any amendment to the By-laws previously approved by the Board of Directors. These provisions ensure that any extraordinary corporate transaction can be effected only if it received a clear mandate from the shareholders and/or the directors.

Other provisions that may be considered “anti-takeover” are the requirements in the company’s Articles of Incorporation that:

the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of the company’s common stock is required to approve any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the company or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets;

or the holders of at least 51% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the company when at least a majority of Directors have approved such transaction.

49

These provisions ensure that any extraordinary corporate transaction can be effected only if it receives a clear mandate from the shareholders. These provisions may give the company’s management a veto power over certain acquisitions regardless of whether the acquisition is desired by or beneficial to a majority of the shareholders. The provisions assist management in retaining their present positions. Also, these provisions may give the holders of a minority of the company’s outstanding shares a veto power over any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the company, and the sale of all or substantially all of its assets even if management and/or a majority of the shareholders believes the transaction to be desirable and beneficial. Without these provisions, the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the company’s shares outstanding and entitled to vote would be required to approve any merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, and the sale of all of its assets.

Another anti-takeover provision in the Articles of Incorporation enables the Board of Directors to oppose a tender offer on the basis of factors other than economic benefit to shareholders, such as:

the impact the acquisition of the company would have on the community;

the effect the acquisition has on shareholders, employees, depositors, suppliers and customers; and

the reputation and business practices of the tender offeror.

This provision permits the Board of Directors to recognize the responsibilities to these constituent groups and to the company and its subsidiaries and the communities that they serve.

In addition to the provisions already described, under Pennsylvania law, there are 4 additional provisions that may be deemed to be “anti-takeover” in nature. These provisions apply to corporations that have their securities registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The company’s common stock is registered with the SEC. As shareholders of a registered corporation, the company’s shareholders do not have a right to call a meeting of shareholders nor do they have a right to propose an amendment to the company’s Articles of Incorporation. These provisions prevent the calling of a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of considering a merger, consolidation or other corporate combination that does not have the approval of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. The provision may have the effect of making the company less attractive as a potential takeover candidate by depriving shareholders of the opportunity to initiate special meetings at which a possible business combination might be proposed.

In the opinion of the Board of Directors, the elimination of these two rights discourages attempts by shareholders to disrupt the business of the company between annual meetings of the shareholders by calling a special meeting. Furthermore, these provisions provide a greater time for consideration of any shareholder proposal to the extent that the proposal must be deferred until the next annual meeting of shareholders and must comply with certain notice requirements and proxy solicitation rules in advance of the meeting. These provisions do not affect the calling of a special meeting by the Chairman of the Board or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or of its Executive Committee if, in their judgment, there are matters to be acted upon which are in the best interests of the company and its shareholders.

Another provision to which the company is subject, assures that all shareholders will receive the “fair value” for their shares as the result of a “control transaction.” “Fair value” means not less than the highest price paid per share by a controlling person or group at any time during the 90-day period ending on and including the date of the control transaction plus an increment representing any value, including, without limitation, any proportion of any value payable for acquisition of control of the company, that may not be reflected in such price. “Control transaction” means the acquisition by a person who has, or a group

50

of persons acting in concert that has, voting power over voting shares of the company that would entitle the holders thereof to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the company. After the occurrence of a control transaction, any shareholder may, within a specified time period, make written demand on the person or group controlling at least 20% of the voting power of the shares of the company for payment in an amount equal to the fair value of each voting share as of the date on which the control transaction occurs.

It has become a relatively common practice in corporate takeovers to pay cash to acquire controlling equity in an company and, then, to acquire the remaining equity interest in the company by paying a price for the remaining shares that is lower than the price paid to acquire control or is in a less desirable form of consideration. Frequently, these securities do not have an established trading market at the time of issue. The Board of Directors considers these “two-tier pricing” tactics to be unfair to the company’s shareholders. By their very nature, these tactics tend, and are designed, to cause concern on the part of shareholders that if they do not act promptly, they risk either:

being relegated to the status of minority shareholders in a controlled company; or

being forced to accept a lower price for all of their shares.

Thus, two-tier pricing unduly pressures shareholders into selling their shares as quickly as possible, either to the purchaser or in the open market, without having a genuine opportunity to make a considered investment choice between:

remaining a shareholder of the company; or

disposing of their shares.

These sales facilitate the purchaser’s acquisition of a sufficient interest in the company and enable the purchaser to force the exchange of the remaining shares for a lower price.

While legislators designed the fair price provision to help assure fair treatment of all shareholder’s vis-a-vis other shareholders in the event of a takeover, the legislature did not enact the fair price provision to assure that shareholders receive a premium price for their shares in a takeover. The fair price provision does not preclude the Board of Directors’ opposition to future takeover proposals that it believes are in the best interests of the company and its shareholders, whether or not the proposals satisfy the minimum price, form of consideration and procedural requirements of the fair price provision.

Another Pennsylvania provision relates to a “Business Combination” involving a registered corporation. Business combination means any one of the following transactions involving an “interested shareholder”:

a merger or consolidation of the company with an interested shareholder or any other corporation which is, or after the merger or consolidation would be, an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder;

a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition to or with the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder of the assets of the company or any subsidiary of the company having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of the consolidated assets, of all outstanding shares or of the consolidated earning power and net income, of the company;

the issuance or transfer by the company or any subsidiary of any shares of the company

51

or any subsidiary which has an aggregate market value at least equal to 5% of the aggregate market value of all outstanding shares to an interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate;

the adoption of any plan for the liquidation or dissolution of the company proposed by, or under the terms of any agreement with, the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate;

a reclassification of securities or recapitalization of the company or any merger of consolidation of the company with any subsidiary of the company or any other transaction proposed by, or under the terms of any agreement with, the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate, which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of the company owned by the interested shareholder; or

the receipt by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the benefit, directly or indirectly, of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by or through the company.

An “Interested Shareholder” is any person that is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly of shares entitling that person to cast at least 20% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors of the company.

The company may not engage in a business combination with an interested shareholder other than:

a business combination approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date on which the interested shareholder acquires at least 20% of the company’s common stock or where the purchase of shares by the interested shareholder has been approved by the Board of Directors of the company;

a business combination approved by a majority of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast, not including those shares held by the interested shareholder, at a meeting called for such purpose no earlier than three months after the interested shareholder became, and if at the time of the meeting the interested shareholder is, the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares entitling the interested shareholder to cast at least 70% of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast in an election of Directors of the company if the business combination satisfies certain minimum conditions;

a business combination approved by the affirmative vote of all of the shareholders of the outstanding shares;

a business combination approved by a majority of the votes that all shareholders would be entitled to cast not including those shares beneficially owned by the interested shareholder at a meeting called for such purpose no earlier than 5 years after the interested shareholder’s share acquisition date; and

a business combination approved at a shareholders’ meeting called for such purpose no earlier than 5 years after the interested shareholder’s share acquisition date and that meets certain minimum conditions.

The provision relating to business combinations is designed to help assure that if,despite the company’s best efforts to remain independent, the company is nevertheless taken over, each shareholder will be treated fairly vis-a-vis every other shareholder and that arbitragers and professional investors will not profit at the expense of the company’s long-term public shareholders. We note that, while the business combination provision is designed to help assure fair treatment of all shareholders vis-a.-vis other shareholders, in the event of a takeover, the business combination provision does not assure that

52

shareholders will receive premium price for their shares in a takeover. The Board of Directors believes that the business combination provision would not preclude the Board of Director’s opposition to any future takeover proposal that it believes not to be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders, whether or not such a proposal satisfies the requirements of the business combination provision or fair price provision or both.

Subchapter G of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law also applies to registered corporations. Under Subchapter G, the acquisition of shares that increase the acquiror’s control of the corporation above 20%, 33 1/3% or 50% of the voting power able to elect the Board of Directors cannot be voted until a majority of disinterested shareholders approve the restoration of the voting rights of those shares in two separate votes:

all disinterested shares of the corporation; and

all voting shares of the corporation.

Voting rights that are restored by shareholder approval lapse if any proposed control-share-acquisition that is approved is not consummated within 90 days after shareholder approval. Furthermore, control-shares that are not accorded voting rights or whose rights lapse regain voting rights on transfer to another person who is not an affiliate of the acquiror. If they constitute control-shares for the transferee, the transferee must comply with the subchapter too. If the acquiror does not request a shareholder meeting to approve restoration of voting rights within 30 days of the acquisition or if shareholders deny voting rights or if they lapse, the company may redeem the control shares at the average of the high and low price on the date of the notice of redemption.

Subchapter H of Chapter 25 also applies to registered corporations. Under Subchapter H, a control person, a person who owns shares with 20% or more voting power, must disgorge any profits from the disposition of any equity securities to the company, if the disposition occurs within 18 months of becoming a control person and the security was acquired 24 months before to 18 months after becoming a control person. This provision seeks to prevent speculative takeover attempts.

The overall effect of these provisions may be to deter a future offer or other merger or acquisition proposal that a majority of the shareholders might view to be in their best interests as the offer might include a substantial premium over the market price of the company’s common stock at that time. In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting the company’s current management in retaining its position and placing it in a better position to resist changes that the shareholders may want to make if dissatisfied with the conduct of the company’s business.

LEGAL MATTERS

The legality of the shares of First National common stock to be issued in connection with the plan and certain other legal matters relating to the transaction will be passed upon by the law firm of Shumaker Williams, PC., Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, Special Counsel to the company.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1998, and 1997, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 1998, included in this proxy statement have been audited by Demetrius & Company, LLC., independent

53

certified public accountants, as indicated in its report with respect to the financial statements and are included in reliance upon the authority of the firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, were audited by other auditors whose report, dated January 21, 1997, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

The consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of First National Community Bank and Subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 1996, included in this proxy statement have been audited by Robert Rossi & Co., Olyphant, Pennsylvania, independent certified public accountants, as indicated in its report with respect to the financial statements and are included in reliance upon the authority of the firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

First National Community is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The reports, proxy statements and other information filed by First National Community can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission’s Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and copies may be obtained at the prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is http:\\www.sec.gov.

First National Community has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-i under the Securities Act of 1933 with the Commission, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration Statement, omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the exhibits to the Registration Statement on file with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act and the Commission’s rules and regulations.

54

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statement of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. The consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders~ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, were audited by other auditors whose report dated January 21, 1997, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audits, in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial position of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Demetrius & Company, L.L.P

Wayne, New Jersey

January 19, 1999

F-1

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 1998 and 1997
ASSETS				1998	1997
Cash and cash equivalents:
	Cash and due from banks			$10,026,909	$9,231,033
	Federal funds sold			3,400,000	5,450,000
		Total cash and cash equivalents		13,426,909	14,681,033
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions				2,478,000	1,586,000
Securities:
	Available-for-sale, at fair value			124,660,971	114,797,633
	Held-to-maturity, at cost (fair value $714,061 and $680,135)			711,213	678,049
	Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB stock, at cost			6,457,900	5,891,100
Net loans				324,609,886	280,730,567
Bank premises and equipment				4,812,507	4,095,717
Accrued interest receivable				2,656,614	3,006,367
Other assets				3,571,036	2,868,414
			TOTAL ASSETS	$483,385,036	$428,334,880
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
	Demand			$39,426,668	$34,994,825
	Interest-bearing demand			51,239,606	50,702,813
	Savings			42,017,322	39,700,320
	Time ($100,000 and over)			69,341,302	53,757,354
	Other time			178,013,890	166,512,287
			Total deposits	380,038,788	345,667,599
Borrowed funds				65,175,582	47,834,596
Accrued interest payable				2,587,081	2,199,618
Other liabilities				904,955	1,053,291
			Total liabilities	$448,706,406	$396,755,104
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock ($1.25 par)
	Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
	Issued and outstanding: 2,398,360 shares in 1998 and
	1,199,180 shares in 1997			$2,997,950	$1,498,975
Additional paid-in capital				6,267,107	6,267,107
Retained earnings				24,622,218	22,716,763
Accumulated other comprehensive income				791,355	1,096,931
	Total stockholders' equity			34,678,630	31,579,776
			TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$483,385,036	$428,334,880
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-2

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For The Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
	1998	1997	1996
INTEREST INCOME
Interest and fees on loans	$25,558,631	$23,728,649	$20,919,180
Interest and dividends on securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies	5,831,281	4,884,634	3,006,414
State and political subdivisions	1,707,443	1,570,552	1,625,971
Other securities	408,204	262,013	124,790
Total interest and dividends on securities	7,946,928	6,717,199	4,757,175
Interest on balances with financial institutions	178,439	170,395	100,590
Interest on federal funds sold	222,179	289,800	293,554
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME	33,906,177	30,906,043	26,070,499
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest-bearing demand	1,225,361	1,110,095	937,285
Savings	1,000,539	1,038,157	1,162,953
Time ($100,000 and over)	3,264,981	2,826,583	2,420,743
Other time	9,763,746	9,252,860	7,750,313
Interest on borrowed funds	3,206,476	2,098,314	1,034,540
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE	18,461,103	16,326,009	13,305,834
Net interest income before provision for credit losses	15,445,074	14,580,034	12,764,665
Provision for credit losses	920,000	1,110,000	820,000
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES	14,525,074	13,470,034	11,944,665
OTHER INCOME
Service charges	780,443	758,560	692,716
Net gain/(loss) on the sale of securities	124,908	(8,031)	130,023
Net gain on the sale of other real estate	46,522	377,192	1,025
Net gain on the sale of other assets	0	155,437	0
Other	631,005	344,394	274,987
TOTAL OTHER INCOME	1,582,878	1,627,552	1,098,751
OTHER EXPENSES
Salaries and employee benefits	4,749,016	4,441,399	4,076,192
Occupancy expense	869,112	841,644	811,979
Equipment expense	676,994	609,695	484,423
Other operating expenses	3,128,155	2,946,026	2,530,998
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES	9,423,277	8,838,764	7,903,592
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES	6,684,675	6,258,822	5,139,824
Provision for income taxes	1,577,408	1,615,850	1,265,214
NET INCOME	$5,107,267	$4,642,972	$3,874,610
NET INCOME PER SHARE	$2.13	$1.94	$1.62
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For The Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
	1998	1997	1996
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Interest received	$34,494,684	$30,612,970	$25,723,197
Fees and commissions received	1,411,448	1,102,955	992,084
Interest paid	(18,073,640)	(16,153,652)	(13,208,307)
Cash paid to suppliers and employees	(9,087,534)	(8,697,078)	(7,834,212)
Income taxes paid	(1,942,398)	(1,608,001)	(1,230,000)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES	6,802,560	5,257,194	4,442,762
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Securities available for sale:
Proceeds from maturities	1,500,000	0	0
Proceeds from sales prior to maturity	14,451,152	8,920,368	25,175,471
Proceeds from calls prior to maturity	46,533,293	17,251,245	6,941,547
Purchases	(73,549,655)	(63,401,519)	(45,969,659)
Securities held to maturity:
Proceeds from calls prior to maturity	256,626	0	0
Purchases	(231,559)	(655,287)	0
Net (increase)/decrease in interest-bearing bank balances	(892,000)	1,185,000	(1,996,000)
Net increase in loans to customers	(44,752,797)	(21,583,667)	(31,030,999)
Capital expenditures	(1,369,944)	(684,379)	(1,044,562)
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES	(58,054,884)	(58,968,239)	(47,924,202)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net increase in demand deposits, money market demand,
NOW accounts, and savings accounts	7,285,640	5,766,570	9,362,879
Net increase in certificates of deposit	27,085,551	18,932,575	35,866,961
Net increase in borrowed funds	18,180,986	26,655,537	7,065,285
Repayment of debt	(851,140)	(75,852)	(71,483)
Cash dividends paid	(1,702,837)	(1,395,743)	(1,177,704)
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares in conjunction with
10% stock dividend	0	(11,132)	(6,050)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES	49,998,200	49,871,955	51,039,888
NET INCREASE (DECREASE)IN CASH AND
CASH EQUIVALENTS	(1,254,124)	(3,839,090)	7,558,448
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR	14,681,033	18,520,123	10,961,675
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR	$13,426,909	$14,681,033	$18,520,123

F-4

RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH
PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$5,107,267	$4,642,972	$3,874,610
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
Provided by operating activities:
Amortization and accretion, net	238,755	66,408	(4,622)
Depreciation and amortization	653,154	611,637	491,602
Provision for credit losses	920,000	1,110,000	820,000
Provision for deferred taxes	(306,402)	(46,495)	61,064
Loss/(Gain) on sale of securities	(124,908)	8,031	(130,023)
Gain on sale of other real estate	(46,522)	(377,192)	(1,025)
Gain on sale of other assets	0	(155,437)	0
Increase in interest payable	387,463	172,244	97,527
Increase in taxes payable	(16,215)	16,215	0
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities	128,145	231,801	174,875
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets	(487,930)	(663,509)	(598,566)
Decrease (increase) in interest receivable	349,753	(359,481)	(342,680)
Total adjustments	1,695,293	614,222	568,152
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES	$6,802,560	$5,257,194	$4,442,762
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
For The Years Ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
											ACCUM-ULATED OTHER COMP-REHEN-SIVE
				COMP-REHEN-SIVE	COMMON STOCK			ADD’L PAID-IN		RETAINED
				INCOME		SHARES	AMOUNT		CAPITAL	EARNINGS	INCOME	TOTAL
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1995						991,504	1,239,380		6,267,107	17,049,405	991,058	25,546,950
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		3,874,610						3,874,610		3,874,610
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of deferred income tax benefit of $312,670	(476,925)
			Reclassification adjustment	(130,023)
		Total other comp. Income, net of tax		(606,948)							(606,948)	(606,948)
	Comprehensive Income			3,267,662
	Cash dividends paid, $0.49 per share									(1,177,704)		(1,177,704)
	10% stock dividend					98,920	123,650			(129,700)		(6,050)
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1996						1,090,424	1,363,030		6,267,107	19,616,611	384,110	27,630,858
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		4,642,972						4,642,972		4,642,972
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized gain on securities available- for-sale, net of deferred income taxes of $367,211	704,790
			Reclassification adjustment	8,031
		Total other comp. Income, net of tax		712,821							712,821	712,821
	Comprehensive Income			5,355,793
	Cash dividends paid, $0.58 per share									(1,395,743)		(1,395,743)
	10% stock dividend					108,756	135,945			(147,077)		(11,132)
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1997						1,199,180	1,498,975		6,267,107	22,716,763	1,096,931	31,579,776
	Comprehensive Income:
		Net income for the year		5,107,267						5,107,267		5,107,267
		Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
			Unrealized loss on securities available- for-sale, net of deferred income tax benefit of $157,418	(180,668)
			Reclassification adjustment	(124,908)
		Total other comp. Income, net of tax		(305,576)							(305,576)	(305,576)
	Comprehensive Income			4,801,691
	Cash dividends paid, $0.71 per share									(1,702,837)		(1,702,837)
	100% stock dividend					1,199,180	1,498,975			(1,498,975)		0
BALANCES, DECEMBER 31, 1998						2,398,360	2,997,950		6,267,107	24,622,218	791,355	34,678,630
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The accounting and reporting policies that affect the more significant elements of First National Community Bancorp, Inca’s (the “Company”) financial statements are summarized below. They have been followed on a consistent basis and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and conform to general practice within the banking industry.

NATURE OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a registered bank holding company, incorporated under the laws of the state of Pennsylvania. It is the Parent Company of First National Community Bank (the “Bank”) and its wholly owned subsidiary FNCB Realty, Inc.

The Bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals and corporate customers through its eight banking locations located in northeastern Pennsylvania. It provides a full range of commercial banking services which includes commercial, residential and consumer lending. Additionally, the Bank provides to it’s customers a variety of deposit products, including demand checking and interest-bearing deposit accounts.

FNCB Realty, Inc.’s operating activities include the acquisition, holding, and disposition of certain real estate acquired in satisfaction of loan commitments owed by third party debtors to First National Community Bank.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

On July 1, 1998, the Company acquired First National Community Bank in a business combination accounted for as a pooling of interests. The Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Company through the exchange of 1,199,180 shares of its common stock for all of the outstanding stock of the Bank.

The Company did not conduct business activities prior to the July 1, 1998 stock exchange. Accordingly, the Parent Company Only financial information included in Note 14 of these financial statements presents the Company’s results of operations and cash flows for its initial period of operations commencing July 1, 1998 and ending on December 31, 1998.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements for 1998 are based on the assumption that the companies were combined for the full year, and the financial statements of prior years have been restated to give effect to the combination. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES -

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

SECURITIES

Debt securities that management has the ability and intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discounts using methods approximating the interest method. Other marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are recognized as direct increases or decreases in stockholders’ equity. Cost of securities sold is recognized using the specific identification method.

F-7

LOANS

Loans are stated at face value, net of unearned discount, unamortized loan fees and costs and the allowance for credit losses. Unearned discount on installment loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans primarily using the “actuarial method.” Interest on all other loans is recognized on the accrual basis, based upon the principal amount outstanding.

Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when management believes that the collection of interest or principal is doubtful. This is generally when a default of interest or principal has existed for 90 days or more, unless such loan is fully secured and in the process of collection. When interest accrual is discontinued, interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and interest income in prior years is charged against the allowance for credit losses. Any payments received are applied, first to the outstanding loan amounts, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of lost interest.

LOAN IMPAIRMENT

The Bank has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” and SFAS No. 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures,” in it’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. SFAS 114 requires that certain impaired loans be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. As a practical expedient, impairment may be measured based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a valuation allowance.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan portfolio, including the nature of the portfolio, credit concentrations, trends in historical loss experience, specific impaired loans, and economic conditions. Allowances for impaired loans are generally determined based on collateral values or the present value of estimated cash flows. The allowance is increased by a provision for credit losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Changes in the allowance relating to impaired loans are charged or credited to the provision for credit losses.

LOAN FEES

Loan origination and commitment fees, as well as certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. The Bank is generally amortizing these amounts over the life of the related loans except for residential mortgage loans, where the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. For these mortgage loans, the net deferred fees are amortized over an estimated average life of 7.5 years. Amortization of deferred loan fees is discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

OTHER REAL ESTATE (ORE)

Real estate acquired in satisfaction of a loan and in-substance foreclosures are reported in other assets. In-substance foreclosures are properties in which the borrower has little or no equity in collateral, where repayment of the loan is expected only from the operation or sale of the collateral, and the borrower either effectively abandons control of the property or the borrower has retained control of the property but his ability to rebuild equity based on current financial conditions is considered doubtful. Properties acquired by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure and properties classified as in-substance foreclosures are transferred to ORE and recorded at the lower of cost or fair value (less estimated selling cost for

F-8

disposal of real estate) at the date actually or constructively received. Costs associated with the repair or improvement of the real estate are capitalized when such costs significantly increase the value of the asset, otherwise, such costs are expensed. An allowance for losses on ORE is maintained for subsequent valuation adjustments on a specific property basis.

BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Routine maintenance and repair expenditures are expensed as incurred while significant expenditures are capitalized. Depreciation expense is determined on the straight-line method over the following ranges of useful lives:

Buildings and improvements	10 to 40 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 to 15 years
Leasehold improvements	5 to 30 years

ADVERTISING COSTS

Advertising costs are charged to operations in the year incurred and totaled $341,000, $272,000 and $259,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

CASH EQUIVALENTS

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.

NET INCOME PER SHARE

Net income per share of common stock is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the periods. Such shares amounted to 2,398,360 in 1998, 1997 and 1996 after giving retroactive effect to the 100% stock dividend declared in 1998 and the 10% stock dividends declared in 1997 and 1996.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements. SFAS 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required. The adoption of SFAS had no impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

NEW FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

During 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and for hedging activities. The statement requires that all derivatives be recognized as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and be measured at fair value. SFAS 133 is effective for fiscal quarters of all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999; earlier application is permitted. The Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments as defined by SFAS 133; and

F-9

accordingly, it is the opinion of management that there will be no future impact from this recent accounting standard.

2. RESTRICTED CASH BALANCES:

The Bank is required to maintain certain average reserve balances as established by the Federal Reserve Bank. The amount of those reserve balances for the reserve computation period which included December 31, 1998 was $75,000, which amount was satisfied through the restriction of vault cash.

In addition, the Bank maintains compensating balances at correspondent banks, most of which are not required, but are used to offset specific charges for services. At December 31, 1998, the amount of these balances was $1,445,000.

3. SECURITIES:

Securities have been classified in the consolidated financial statements according to management’s intent. The carrying amount of securities and their approximate fair values at December 31 follow:

Available-for-sale Securities:

		Gross	Gross
		Unrealized	Unrealized
	Amortized	Holding	Holding	Fair
	Cost	Gains	Losses	Value
December 31, 1998
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$ 12,366,088	$ 46,851	$ 15,230	$ 12,397,709
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	32,452,456	1,282,985	64,292	33,671,149
Mortgage-backed securities	77,632,136	223,008	265,218	77,589,926
Corporate debt securities	1,001,268	3,894	12,975	992,187
Equity securities	10,000	0	0	10,000
Total	$123,461,948	$1,556,738	$357,715	$124,660,971

December 31, 1997
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$31,071,952	$ 93,955	$ 35,549	$31,130,358
Obligations of state and political subdivisions	25,854,741	1,187,815	0	27,042,556
Mortgage-backed securities	56,198,923	602,305	186,509	56,614,719
Equity securities	10,000	0	0	10,000
Total	$113,135,616	$1,884,075	$222,058	$114,797,633

F- 10

Held-to-maturity Securities:

		Gross	Gross
		Unrealized	Unrealized
	Amortized	Holding	Holding	Fair
	Cost	Gains	Losses	Value
December 31, 1998
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$711,213	$5,385	$2,537	$714,061
December 31, 1997
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies	$678,049	$3,793	$1,707	$680,135

The following table shows the amortized cost and approximate fair value of the Bank’s debt securities at December 31, 1998 using contracted maturities. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturity because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Available-for-sale				Held-to-maturity
	Amortized	Fair		Amortized	Fair
	Cost	Value		Cost	Value
Amounts maturing in:
One Year or Less	$ 2,005,168	$ 2,014,374	$0		$0
One Year through Five Years	2,232,273	2,300,203	0		0
After Five Years through Ten Years	14,934,112	15,343,980	0		0
After Ten Years	26,648,260	27,402,488	711,213		714,061
Mortgage-backed Securities	77,632,135	77,589,926	0		0
Total	$123,451,948	$124,650,971	$711,213		$714,061

Gross proceeds from the sale of securities for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996 were $14,451,152, $8,920,368, and $25,175,471, respectively with the gross realized gains being $153,291, $64,826 and $232,306, respectively, and gross realized losses being $28,383, $72,857 and $102,283, respectively.

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, securities with a carrying amount of $73,195,096 and $51,207,254, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure public deposits and for other purposes.

F-11

4. LOANS:

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:

	(dollars in thousands)
	1998	1997
Real estate loans, secured by residential properties	$ 98,534	$96,030
Real estate loans, secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties	113,020	94,236
Commercial and industrial loans	49,796	36,790
Loans to individuals for household, family and other personal expenditures	58,799	46,174
Loans to state and political subdivisions	8,570	10,938
All other loans, including overdrafts	178	195
Gross loans	328,897	284,363
Less: Unearned discount on loans	(4)	(10)
Total loans	328,893	284,353
Less: Allowance for credit losses	(4,283)	(3,623)
Net loans	$324,610	$280,730

Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:

	(dollars in thousands)
	1998	1997	1996
Balance, beginning of year	$ 3,623	$ 3,167	$ 2,800
Recoveries credited to allowance	47	43	128
Provision for credit losses	920	1,110	820
TOTAL	4,590	4,320	3,748
Losses charged to allowance	307	697	581
Balance, end of year	$ 4,283	$ 3,623	$ 3,167

Information concerning the Company’s recorded investment in nonaccrual and restructured loans is as follows:

	(dollars in thousands)
	1998	1997
Nonaccrual loans
Impaired	$ 0	$ 0
Other	845	207
Restructured loans	289	744
Total	$1,134	$951

The interest income that would have been earned in 1998, 1997 and 1996 on nonaccrual and restructured loans outstanding at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 in accordance with their original terms approximated $125,000, $99,000 and $154,000. The interest income actually realized on such loans in 1998, 1997 and 1996 approximated $51,000, $85,000 and $37,000. As of December 31, 1998, there were no outstanding commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers of impaired, restructured or nonaccrual loans.

F- 12

5. BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

Bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

	1998	1997
Land	$ 783,150	$ 783,150
Buildings	2,268,485	2,236,630
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3,889,518	3,149,059
Leasehold improvements	1,755,841	1,281,333
Total	8,696,994	7,450,172
Less accumulated depreciation	3,884,487	3,354,455
Net	$4,812,507	$4,095,717

6. DEPOSITS:

	(in thousands)
	Time Deposits $100,000 and Over	Other Time Deposits	Total
1999	$ 64,374	$115,319	$179,693
2000	3,762	39,552	43,314
2001	100	13,771	13,871
2002	1,105	4,296	5,401
2003 and Thereafter	0	5,076	5,076
Total	$ 69,341	$178,014	$247,355

7. BORROWED FUNDS:

Borrowed funds at December 31, 1998 and 1997 include the following:

	1998	1997
Treasury Tax and Loan Demand Note	$ 437,119	$ 306,948
Borrowings under Lines of Credit	64,738,463	47,527,648
Total	$65,175,582	$47,834,596

F- 13

The following table presents Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB of Pittsburgh”) advances at the earlier of the callable date or maturity date (in thousands):

	December 31, 1998
	Amount	Weighted Average Interest Rate
Within one year	$22,977	5.89%
After one year but within two years	13,178	5.89%
After two years but within three years	8,195	5.88%
After three years but within four years	388	6.42%
After four years but within five years	15,000	5.57%
After five years	5,000	5.15%
	$64,738

The FHLB of Pittsburgh advances are comprised of $49,738,000 of fixed rate advances and $15,000,000 of variable rate borrowings. All advances are collateralized either under a blanket pledge agreement by one to four family mortgage loans or with mortgage-backed securities.

At December 31, 1998, the Company had available from the FHLB of Pittsburgh an open line of credit for $14,620,000 which expires on November 24, 1999. The line of credit may bear interest at either a fixed rate or a variable rate, such rate being set at the time of the funding request. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company had no borrowings under this credit line. In addition, at December 31, 1998, the Company had available overnight repricing lines of credit with other correspondent banks totaling $7,000,000. There were no borrowings under these lines at December 31, 1998 or 1997.

8. BENEFIT PLANS:

The Bank has a defined contribution profit sharing plan which covers all eligible employees. The Bank’s contribution to the plan is determined at management’s discretion at the end of each year and funded. Contributions to the plan in 1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $250,000, $220,000, and $190,000, respectively.

The Bank also fully funded a non-qualified deferred compensation plan in 1986 covering one of its former executive officers. The Bank is accruing the present value of its obligation for deferred compensation benefits expected to become payable under the terms of the plan. The provision for such benefits amounted to $3,800 in 1998, $4,871 in 1997, and $5,835 in 1996. Benefits paid to the former executive officer under the aforementioned non-qualified deferred compensation plan amounted to $14,375 in 1998, 1997 and 1996. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the present value of deferred compensation payable amounted to $29,449 and $40,023 and is included in other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.

During 1994, the Bank established an unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation plan covering all eligible bank officers and directors as defined by the plan. This plan provides eligible participants to elect to defer a portion of their compensation. At December 31, 1998, elective deferred compensation amounting to $488,410 plus $138,335 in accrued interest has been recorded as other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.

F- 14

9.INCOME TAXES:

The provision for income taxes included in the statement of income is comprised of the following components:

	1998	1997	1996
Current	$1,883,810	$1,662,345	$1,204,150
Deferred	(306,402)	(46,495)	61,064
TOTAL	$1,577,408	$1,615,850	$1,265,214

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets are comprised of the following at December 31:

	1998	1997
Unrealized Holding Gains (Losses) on Securities Available-for-Sale	$(407,668)	$(565,086)
Deferred Loan Origination Fees	(157,105)	(131,637)
Depreciation	(133,665)	(127,097)
Other	(23,474)	0
Gross Deferred Tax Liability	$(721,912)	$(823,820)
Reserve for Credit Losses	1,261,338	1,011,022
Deferred Compensation	223,106	157,330
Gross Deferred Tax Asset	1,484,444	$1,168,352
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance	(547,838)	(593,658)
Net Deferred Tax (Liabilities) Assets	$ 214,694	$ (249,126)

The provision for Income Taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined applying the applicable U.S. Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate to pre-tax income from continuing operations as a result of the following differences:

	1998	1997	1996
Provision at Statutory Tax Rates	$2,272,790	$2,127,999	$1,747,540
Add (Deduct):
Tax Effects of Non-Taxable Interest Income	(828,624)	(788,744)	(732,248)
Non-Deductible Interest Expense	115,929	106,785	96,101
Other Items Net	17,313	169,810	153,821
Provision for Income Taxes	$1,577,408	$1,615,850	$1,265,214

The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax asset was a decrease of $45,820 in 1998. The change relates to a decrease in the provision for income taxes to which this valuation relates.

F- 15

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

At December 31, 1998 and 1997, certain officers and directors and/or companies in which they had 10% or more beneficial ownership were indebted to the Bank in the aggregate amounts of $1 0,497.630 and $7,435,105. Such indebtedness was incurred in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. The Bank was also committed under standby letters of credit as described in Note 11.

During 1998, $5,679,303 of new loans were made and repayments totaled $2,616,778.

11. COMMITMENTS:

(a) Leases:

The Bank conducts its Fashion Mall, Wilkes-Bane, Pittston Plaza, Kingston and Exeter branch operations from leased facilities. The Fashion Mall lease expires May 2003 and carries three additional renewal options of five years each with specified increases at the beginning of each option period. The Wilkes-Bane lease, which expires May 2003, carries three additional renewal options of five years each with specified increases at the beginning of each option period. The Pittston Plaza lease expires September 2008 and carries two additional renewal options of five years each, with specified increases at the beginning of each option period. The Kingston lease, which expires August 2006, carries two additional options of five years each with specified increases at the beginning of each option period. The Exeter lease expires August 2008 and carries four additional options of five years each with specified increases at the beginning of each option period.

The Bank also leases office space for certain administrative and operational functions. Such lease, which expires in 1999, provides the bank the option of renewal for five successive three year periods commencing January 1, 2000; and carries specified annual rental increases.

At December 31, 1998, the Bank was obligated under certain noncancelable leases for equipment with terms expiring over the next five years.

The aforementioned leases have been treated as operating leases in the accompanying financial statements. Minimum future obligations under noncancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 1998 are as follows:

	FACILITIES	EQUIPMENT
1999	$ 280,098	$ 70,962
2000	155,098	44,989
2001	155,781	26,765
2002	157,150	10,078
2003 and thereafter	569,056	2,793
Total	$1,317,183	$155,587

Total rental expense under operating leases amounted to $322,231 in 1998, $295,168 in 1997, and $272,355 in 1996.

(b) Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk:

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such financial instruments include commitments to

F- 16

extend credit and standby letters of credit which involve varying degrees of credit, interest rate or liquidity risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The Banks exposure to credit loss from nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.

The Bank does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk.

Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31 are as follows:

	1998	1997
Commitments to extend credit	$48,566,776	$36,695,453
Standby letters of credit	11,203,184	8,717,944

Outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit issued to or on behalf of related parties amounted to $3,307,423 and $947,367 and $5,653,691 and $5,461,081 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(c) Concentration of Credit Risk:

Cash Concentrations: The Bank maintains cash balances at several correspondent banks. The aggregate cash balances represent federal funds sold of $3,400,000 and $5,450,000; and due from bank accounts in excess of the limit covered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation amounting to $5,442,038 and $3,705,438 as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Loan Concentrations: At December 31, 1998, 22% of the Bank’s commercial loan portfolio was concentrated in loans in the restaurant industry. Substantially all of these loans are secured by first mortgages on commercial properties.

12. REGULATORY MATTERS:

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31,1998, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

F- 17

As of December 31, 1998, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency categorized the Bank as “Well Capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “Well Capitalized” the Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

	Actual		For Capital Adequacy Purposes:		To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions:
	Amount	Ratio	Amount	Ratio	Amount	Ratio
As of December 31, 1998:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$38,044	11.45%	>$26,592	>8.0%	>$33,239	>10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$33,887	10.19%	>$13,296	>4.0%	>$19,944	>6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)	$33,887	7.10%	>$14,314	>3.0%	>$23,856	>5.0%
As of December 31, 1997:
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$33,966	12.19%	>$22,294	>8.0%	>$27,868	>10.0%
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)	$30,483	10.94%	>$11,147	>4.0%	>$16,721	>6.0%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)	$30,483	7.28%	>$12,624	>3.0%	>$21,040	>5.0%

Banking Regulations also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of the Bank’s regulatory agency. Retained earnings against which dividends may be paid without prior approval of the federal banking regulators amounted to $11,051,000 at December 31, 1998, subject to the minimum capital ratio requirements noted above.

13. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, (SFAS 107) requires annual disclosure of estimated fair value of on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and short-term investments:

Cash and short-term investments include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Interest-Bearing balances with financial institutions:

The fair value of these financial instruments is estimated using rates currently available for investments of similar maturities.

F- 18

Securities:

For securities held for investment purposes, the fair values have been individually determined based on currently quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Loans:

The fair value of loans has been estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposits:

The fair value of demand deposits, savings deposits, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Borrowed Funds:

Rates currently available to the Bank for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit:

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments are as follows:

	December 31, 1998
	Carrying Value	Fair Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and short term investments	$ 13,426,909	$13,426,909
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions	2,478,000	2,478,000
Securities	131,830,084	131,832,932
Gross Loans	328,893,297	328,626,736
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits	$380,038,788	$381,215,158
Borrowed funds	65,175,582	65,650,009
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit	$0	$68,068

F- 19

	December 31, 1997
	Carrying Value	Fair Value
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and short term investments	$ 14,681,033	$14,681,033
Interest-bearing balances with financial institutions	1,586,000	1,586,000
Securities	121,366,782	121,368,868
Gross Loans	284,353,338	285,206,610
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deposits	$345,667,579	$345,950,003
Borrowed funds	47,845,737	47,996,796
OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit	$0	$71,126

14. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION -PARENT COMPANY ONLY

Condensed parent company only financial information is as follows (in thousands):

Condensed Balance Sheet December 31, 1998
Assets:
Cash	$ 32
Investment in Subsidiary (equity method)	34,595
Other assets	52
Total Assets	$ 34,679
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Stockholders’ equity	$ 34,679

Condensed Statement of Income for the initial period of operations commencing July 1, 1998 and ending December 31, 1998
Income:
Dividends from Subsidiary	$ 1,155
Other Income	2
Equity in Undistributed Income of Subsidiary	1,367
Total Income	$ 2,524
Expenses	18
Net Income	$ 2,506

Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the initial period of operations commencing July 1, 1998 and ending December 31, 1998
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income	$ 2,506
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary	(1,367)
Increase in other assets	(52)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities	$ 1,087
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

Cash dividends	$(1,055)
Proceeds from borrowings	840
Repayment of borrowings	(840)
Advances from subsidiary	82
Repayment of advances from subsidiary	(82)
Net cash used in financing activities	$(1,055)
Increase in Cash	$ 32
Cash at Beginning of Period	0
Cash at End of Year	$ 32

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

On July 1, 1998, the Company issued 1,199,180 shares of its common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. The investment in subsidiary was recorded at $33,550,000 which equaled the Stockholders’ Equity of the Bank at the time of the exchange.

15.SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

In Thousands, Except Per Share Amount

Quarter Ending	March 31,	June 30,	September 30,	December 31,
1998
Interest income	$8,093	$8,332	$8,704	$8,777
Interest expense	4,387	4,509	4,732	4,833
Net interest income	3,706	3,823	3,972	3,944
Provision for credit losses	180	180	180	380
Other income	335	449	450	349
Other expenses	2,225	2,260	2,426	2,512
Provision for income taxes	394	473	431	280
Net income	$1,242	$1,359	$1,385	$1,121
Net income per share*	$0.52	$0.56	$0.58	$0.47
1997
Interest income	$7,282	$7,558	$7,975	$8,091
Interest expense	3,804	3,958	4,256	4,308
Net interest income	3,478	3,600	3,719	3,783
Provision for credit losses	180	180	225	525
Other income	636	267	417	307
Other expenses	2,130	2,137	2,313	2,259
Provision for income taxes	466	383	428	338
Net income	$1,338	$1,167	$1,170	$ 968
Net income per share*	$0.56	$0.48	$0.49	$0.41

* Per share data reflects the retroactive effect of the 100% stock dividend paid in 1998 and the 10% stock dividend paid in 1997.

F-21

EX-10

EXHIBIT 10.2

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of this Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to advance the development, growth and financial condition of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and each subsidiary thereof, as defined in Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), by providing incentives through participation in the appreciation of the common stock of the Corporation to secure, retain and motivate personnel who may be responsible for the operation and for management of the affairs of the Corporation and any subsidiary now or hereafter existing (“Subsidiary”).

2. Term. The Plan is effective August 30, 2000, the day it was adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and shall be presented for approval at the next meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders. Any and all options and rights awarded under the Plan (the “Awards”) before it is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders shall be conditioned upon, and may not be exercised before, receipt of shareholder approval, and shall lapse upon failure to receive such approval. Unless previously terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on, and no options shall be granted after, the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan.

3. Stock Subject to Plan. Shares of the Corporations s common stock (the “Stock”), that may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 200,000 shares, as may be adjusted pursuant to Section 19 hereof. Shares may be either authorized and unissued shares, or authorized shares, issued by and subsequently reacquired by the Corporation as treasury stock. Under no circumstances shall any fractional shares be awarded under the Plan. Except as may be otherwise provided in the Plan, any Stock subject to an Award that, for any reason, lapses or terminates prior to exercise, shall again become available for grant under the Plan. While the Plan is in effect, the Corporation shall reserve and keep available the number of shares of Stock needed to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. The Corporation shall apply for any requisite governmental authority to issue shares under the Plan. The Corporation’s failure to obtain any such governmental authority, deemed necessary by the Corporation’s legal counsel for the lawful issuance and sale of Stock under the Plan, shall relieve the Corporation of any duty, or liability for the failure to issue or sell the Stock.

4. Operation and Administration. The ability to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board or in a committee of two or more members of the Board, selected by the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of any agreements made pursuant to the Plan, and to make any and all determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of

the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by the Committee under the Plan is final and binding.

The Committee shall be responsible and shall have full, absolute and final power of authority to determine what, to whom, when and under what facts and circumstances Awards shall be made, and the form, number, terms, conditions and duration thereof, including but not limited to when exercisable, the number of shares of Stock subject thereto, and the stock option exercise prices. The Committee shall make all other determinations and decisions, take all actions and do all things necessary or appropriate in and for the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any decision, determination or action made or taken in good faith by such person under or with respect to the Plan or its administration.

5. Awards. Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of: (a) “Qualified Options” to purchase Stock, which are intended to qualify for certain tax treatment as incentive stock options under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, (b) “Non-Qualified Options” to purchase Stock, which are not intended to qualify under Sections 421 through 424 of the Code, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), or (d) “Restricted Stock”. More than one Award may be granted to an eligible person, and the grant of any Award shall not prohibit the grant of another Award, either to the same person or otherwise, or impose any obligation to exercise on the participant. All Awards and the terms and conditions thereof shall be set forth in written agreements, in such form and content as approved by the Committee from time to time, and shall be subject to the provisions of the Plan whether or not contained in such agreements. Multiple Awards for a particular person may be set forth in a single written agreement or in multiple agreements, as determined by the Committee, but in all cases each agreement for one or more Awards shall identify each of the Awards thereby represented as a Qualified Option, Non-Qualified Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock, as the case may be.

6. Eligibility and Participation. Persons eligible to receive Awards shall be those key officers and other employees of the Corporation and each Subsidiary, as determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate, from time to time, from among the eligible employees, those persons who will be granted one or more Awards under the Plan, and thereby become “Participants” in the Plan. A person’s eligibility to receive an Award shall not confer upon him or her any right to receive an Award. Except as otherwise provided, a person s eligibility to receive, or actual receipt of an Award under the Plan shall not limit or affect his or her benefits under or eligibility to participate in any other incentive or benefit plan or program of the Corporation or of its affiliates.

2

7. Oualified Options. In addition to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Qualified Options and Awards thereof shall be under and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) No Qualified Option shall be awarded more than ten (10) years after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders, whichever is earlier;

(b) The time period during which any Qualified Option is exercisable, as determined by the Committee, shall not commence before the expiration of six (6) months or continue beyond the expiration of ten (10) years after the date the Qualified Option is awarded;

(c) If a participant, who was awarded a Qualified Option, ceases to be employed by the Corporation or any Subsidiary for any reason other than his or her death, the Committee may permit the participant thereafter to exercise the option during its remaining term for a period of not more than three (3) months after cessation of employment to the extent that the Qualified Option was then and remains exercisable, unless such employment cessation was due to the participant’s disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in which case the three (3) month period shall be twelve (12) months; if the participant dies while employed by the Corporation or a Subsidiary, the Committee may permit the participant’s qualified personal representatives, or any persons who acquire the Qualified Option pursuant to his or her Will or laws of descent and distribution, to exercise the Qualified Option during its remaining term for a period of not more than twelve (12) months after the participant’s death to the extent that the Qualified Option was then and remains exercisable; the Committee may impose terms and conditions upon and for the exercise of a Qualified Option after the cessation of the participant’s employment or his or her death;

(d) The purchase price of Stock subject to any Qualified Option shall not be less than the Stock’s fair market value at the time the Qualified Option is awarded and shall not be less than the Stock’s par value; and

(e) Qualified Options may not be sold, transferred or assigned by the participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

3

8. Non-Qualified Options. In addition to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Non-Qualified Options and Awards thereof shall be under and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The time period during which any Non-Qualified Option is exercisable shall not commence before the expiration of six (6) months or continue beyond the expiration of ten (10) years after the date the Non-Qualified Option is awarded;

(b) If a participant, who was awarded a Non-Qualified Option, ceases to be eligible under the Plan, before lapse or full exercise of the option, the Committee may permit the participant to exercise the option during its remaining term, to the extent that the option was then and remains exercisable, or for such time period and under such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee;

(c) The purchase price of a share of Stock subject to any Non-Qualified Option shall not be less than the Stock’s par value; and

(d) Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, Non-Qualified Stock Options granted under the Plan are not transferable except as designated by the participant by Will and the laws of descent and distribution.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights. In addition to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all SARs and Awards thereof shall be under and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) SARs may be granted either alone, or in connection with another previously or contemporaneously granted Award (other than another SAR) so as to operate in tandem therewith by having the exercise of one affect the right to exercise the other, as and when the Committee may determine; however, no SAR shall be awarded in connection with a Qualified Option more than ten (10) years after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, whichever date is earlier;

(b) Each SAR shall entitle the participant to receive upon exercise of the SAR all or a portion of the excess of (i) the fair market value at the time of such exercise of a specified number of shares of Stock as determined by the Committee, over (ii) a specified price as determined by the Committee of such number of shares of Stock that, on a per share basis, is not less than the Stock’s fair market value at the time the SAR is awarded, or if the SAR is connected with another Award, such lesser percentage of the Stock purchase price thereunder as may be determined by the Committee;

4

(c) Upon exercise of any SAR, the participant shall be paid either in cash or in Stock, or in any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine; if such payment is to be made in Stock, the number of shares thereof to be issued pursuant to the exercise shall be determined by dividing the amount payable upon exercise by the Stock’s fair market value at the time of exercise;

(d) The time period during which any SAR is exercisable, as determined by the Committee, shall not commence before the expiration of six (6) months; however, no SAR connected with another Award shall be exercisable beyond the last date that such other connected Award may be exercised;

(e) If a participant holding a SAR, before its lapse or full exercise, ceases to be eligible under the Plan, the Committee may permit the participant thereafter to exercise such SAR during its remaining term, to the extent that the SAR was then and remains exercisable, for such time period and under such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee;

(f) No SAR shall be awarded in connection with any Qualified Option unless the SAR (i) lapses no later than the expiration date of such connected Option, (ii) is for not more than the difference between the Stock purchase price under such connected Option and the Stock’s fair market value at the time the SAR is exercised, (iii) is transferable only when and as such connected Option is transferable and under the same conditions, (iv) may be exercised only when such connected Option may be exercised, and (v) may be exercised only when the Stock’s fair market value exceeds the Stock purchase price under such connected Option.

10. Restricted Stock. In addition to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Restricted Stock and Awards thereof shall be under and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Restricted Stock shall consist of shares of Stock that may be acquired by and issued to a participant at such time, for such or no purchase price, and under and subject to such transfer, forfeiture and other restrictions, conditions or terms as shall be determined by the Committee, including but not limited to prohibitions against transfer, substantial risks of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code, and attainment of performance or other goals, objectives or standards, all for or applicable to such time periods as determined by the Committee;

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Award, a participant holding shares of Restricted Stock shall have all the rights as does a holder of Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such shares and

5

receive dividends with respect thereto; however, during the time period of any restrictions, conditions or terms applicable to such Restricted Stock, the shares thereof and the right to vote the same and receive dividends thereon shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of except as permitted by the Plan or the Restricted Stock Award;

(c) Each certificate issued for shares of Restricted Stock shall be deposited with the Treasurer of the Corporation, or the office thereof, and shall bear a legend in substantially the following form and content:

This Certificate and the shares of stock hereby represented are subject to the provisions of the Corporation’s 2000 Stock IncentivePlan and a certain Restricted Stock Agreement entered into between the holder and the Corporation pursuant to the Plan. These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act”), or under the Pennsylvania Securities Act of 1972, as amended. These securities were acquired by an affiliate of the issuer directly from the issuer. As such, these securities are “Restricted Securities” as defined in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act, and cannot be resold without compliance with the requirements of Rule 144, or the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or without another exemption from the requirements of the 1933 Act.

The holder of the shares of Common Stock as specified on this stock Certificate recognizes and agrees not to sell the stock for a minimum period of one (1) year after the date of the purchase of such stock. Subsequent to the one (1) year holding period, these shares shall not be deemed to be restricted securities but may be subject to certain resale limitations. The release of this Certificate and the shares of Stock hereby represented shall occur only as provided by the Plan and Agreement, a copy of which are on file with the Treasurer of the Corporation.

Upon the lapse or satisfaction of the restrictions, conditions and terms applicable to the Restricted Stock, a certificate for the shares of Stock free of restrictions and without the legend shall be issued to the participant;

(d) If a participant’s employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary ceases for any reason prior to the lapse of the restrictions, conditions or terms applicable to his or her Restricted Stock, all of the participant’s Restricted Stock still subject to unexpired restrictions, conditions or terms shall be forfeited absolutely by the

6

participant to the Corporation without payment or delivery of any consideration or other thing of value by the Corporation or its affiliates, and thereupon and thereafter neither the participant nor his or her heirs, personal or legal representatives, successors, assigns, beneficiaries, or any claimants under the participant’s Last Will or laws of descent and distribution, shall have any rights or claims to or interests in the forfeited Restricted Stock or any certificates representing shares thereof, or claims against the Corporation or its affiliates with respect thereto.

11. Exercise. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Awards may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice thereof to the Treasurer of the Corporation, identifying the Award to be exercised, the number of shares of Stock with respect thereto, and other information pertinent to exercise of the Award. The purchase price of the shares of Stock with respect to which an Award is exercised shall be paid with the written notice of exercise, either in cash or in securities of the Corporation, including securities issuable hereunder, at its then current fair market value, or in any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine. Funds received by the Corporation from the exercise of any Award shall be used for its general corporate purposes.

The number of shares of Stock subject to an Award shall be reduced by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the participant has exercised rights under the Award. If a SAR is awarded in connection with another Award, the number of shares of Stock that may be acquired by the participant under the other connected Award shall be reduced by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the participant has exercised his or her SAR, and the number of shares of Stock subject to the participant’s SAR shall be reduced by the number of shares of Stock acquired by the participant pursuant to the other connected Award.

The Committee may permit an acceleration of previously established exercise terms of any Awards as, when, under such facts and circumstances, and subject to such other or further requirements and conditions as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate. In addition:

(a) if the Corporation or its shareholders execute an agreement to dispose of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or stock by means of sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or otherwise, as a result of which the Corporation’s shareholders, immediately before the transaction, will not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of the surviving entity (be it the Corporation or otherwise) immediately after the consummation of the transaction, then any and all outstanding Awards shall immediately become and remain exercisable or, if the transaction is not consummated, until the agreement relating to the transaction

7

expires or is terminated, in which case, all Awards shall be treated as if the agreement was never executed

(b) if there is an actual, attempted or threatened change in the ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all classes of voting stock of the Corporation through the acquisition of, or an offer to acquire such percentage of the Corporation’s voting stock by any person or entity, or persons or entities acting in concert or as a group, and such acquisition or offer has not been duly approved by the Board, then any and all outstanding awards shall immediately become and remain exercisable; or

(c) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years, the individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority of the Board (unless the election of each director of the Board, who was not a director of the Board at the beginning of such period, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) then any and all Awards shall immediately become and remain exercisable.

12. Right of First Refusal. Each written agreement for an Award may contain a provision that requires as a condition to exercising a Qualified Option or a Non Qualified Option that the participant agree prior to selling, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of Stock obtained through the exercise of the Award to first offer such shares of Stock to the Corporation for purchase. The terms and conditions of such right of first refusal shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion, provided that the purchase price shall be at least equal to the Stock’s fair market value as determined under paragraph 14 below, and shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations.

13. Withholding. When a participant exercises a stock option or Stock Appreciation Right awarded under the Plan, the Corporation, in its discretion and as required by law, may require the participant to remit to the Corporation an amount sufficient to satisfy fully any federal, state and other jurisdictions’ income and other tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificates for shares of Stock. At the Committee’s discretion, remittance may be made in cash, shares already held by the participant or by the withholding by the Corporation of sufficient shares issuable pursuant to the option to satisfy the participant’s withholding obligation.

14. Value. Where used in the Plan, the “fair market value” of Stock or any options or rights with respect thereto, including Awards, shall mean and be determined by (a) the weighted average of all reported sales thereof on the principal established domestic securities exchange on which listed during the thirty (30) days prior to the grant date, and if not listed, then (b) the average of the dealer “bid” and “ask” prices thereof on the

8

over-the-counter market on the grant date, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), in accordance with pertinent provisions of and principles under the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

15. Amendment. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan at any time. The amendment or termination of this Plan shall not, without the consent of the participants, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award previously granted hereunder.

From time to time, the Committee may rescind, revise and add to any of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan or of an Award as necessary or appropriate to have the Plan and any Awards thereunder be or remain qualified and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and the Committee may delete, omit or waive any of the terms conditions or provisions that are no longer required by reason of changes of applicable laws, rules or regulations, including but not limited to, the provisions of Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “1934 Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each Qualified Option shall be subject to such other and additional terms, conditions and provisions as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate in order to qualify as a Qualified Option under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, the following provisions:

(a) At the time a Qualified Option is awarded, the aggregate fair market value of the Stock subject thereto and of any Stock or other capital stock with respect to which incentive stock options qualifying under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code are exercisable for the first time by the participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other plans of the Corporation or its affiliates, shall not exceed $100,000.00; and

(b) No Qualified Option, shall be awarded to any person if, at the time of the Award, the person owns shares of the stock of the Corporation possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or its affiliates, unless, at the time the Qualified Option is awarded, the exercise price of the Qualified Option is at least one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant and the option, by its terms, is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date it is awarded.

9

16. Continued Employment. Nothing in the Plan or any Award shall confer upon any participant or other persons any right to continue in the employ of, or maintain any particular relationship with, the Corporation or its affiliates, or limit or affect any rights, powers or privileges that the Corporation or its affiliates may have to supervise, discipline and terminate the participant. However, the Committee may require, as a condition of making and/or exercising any Award, that a participant agree to, and in fact provide services, either as an employee or in another capacity, to or for the Corporation or any Subsidiary for such time period as the Committee may prescribe. The immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to any Qualified Option, to the extent such application would result in disqualification of the option under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.

17. General Restrictions. If the Committee or Board determines that it is necessary or desirable to: (a) list, register or qualify the Stock subject to the Award, or the Award itself, upon any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or other laws, (b) obtain the approval of any governmental authority, or (c) enter into an agreement with the participant with respect to disposition of any Stock (including, without limitation, an agreement that, at the time of the participant’s exercise of the Award, any Stock thereby acquired is and will be acquired solely for investment purposes and without any intention to sell or distribute the Stock), then such Award shall not be consummated in whole or in part unless the listing, registration, qualification, approval or agreement, as the case may be, shall have been appropriately effected or obtained to the satisfaction of the Committee and legal counsel for the Corporation.

18. Rights. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, participants shall have no rights as a holder of the Stock unless and until one or more certificates for the shares of Stock are issued and delivered to the participant.

19. Adjustments. In the event that the shares of common stock of the Corporation, as presently constituted, shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of common stock or other securities of the Corporation or of other securities of the Corporation or of another corporation (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise) or if the number of such shares of common stock shall be increased through the payment of a stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction, then, there shall be substituted for or added to each share of common stock of the Corporation that was theretofore appropriated, or which thereafter may become subject to an option under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of common stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of the common stock of the Corporation shall be so changed or for which each such share shall be exchanged or to which each such shares shall be entitled, as the case may be. Each outstanding Award shall be appropriately amended as to price and other terms, as may be necessary to reflect the foregoing events.

10

If there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Corporation, or of any common stock or other securities in which such common stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, and if a majority of the disinterested members of the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Award that was theretofore granted or that may thereafter be granted under the Plan, then such adjustment shall be made in accordance with such determination.

The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge, to consolidate, to dissolve, to liquidate or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to this Section 19 may be settled as a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or of the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine.

To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate to common stock or securities of the Corporation, such adjustments shall be made by a majority of the members of the Board or of the Committee, as the case may be, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of an Award that is so adjusted.

20. Forfeiture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if the Committee finds, after full consideration of the facts presented on behalf of the Corporation and the involved participant, that he or she has been engaged in fraud, embezzlement, theft, commission of a felony, or dishonesty in the course of his or her employment by the Corporation or by any Subsidiary and such action has damaged the Corporation or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, or that the participant has disclosed trade secrets of the Corporation or its affiliates, the participant shall forfeit all rights under and to all unexercised Awards, and under and to all exercised Awards under which the Corporation has not yet delivered payment or certificates for shares of Stock (as the case may be), all of which Awards and rights shall be automatically canceled. The decision of the Committee as to the cause of the participant’s discharge from employment with the Corporation or any Subsidiary and the damage thereby suffered shall be final for purposes of the Plan, but shall not affect the finality of the participant’s discharge by the Corporation or Subsidiary for any other purposes. The preceding provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Qualified Option to the extent such application would result in disqualification of the option as an incentive stock option under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.

11

21. Indemnification. In and with respect to the administration of the Plan, the Corporation shall indemnify each member of the Committee and/or of the Board, each of whom shall be entitled, without further action on his or her part, to indemnification from the Corporation for all damages, losses, judgments, settlement amounts, punitive damages, excise taxes, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the member in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceedings of any nature, whether civil, administrative, investigative or criminal, whether formal or informal, and whether by or in the right or name of the Corporation, any class of its security holders, or otherwise, in which the member may be or may have been involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her being or having been a member of the Committee and/or of the Board, whether or not he or she continues to be a member of the Committee or of the Board. The provisions, protection and benefits of this Section shall apply and exist to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law to and for the benefit of all present and future members of the Committee and/or of the Board and their respective heirs, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns, in addition to all other rights that they may have as a matter of law, by contract, or otherwise, except (a) to the extent there is entitlement to insurance proceeds under insurance coverages provided by the Corporation on account of the same matter or proceeding for which indemnification hereunder is claimed, or (b) to the extent there is entitlement to indemnification from the Corporation, other than under this Section, on account of the same matter or proceeding for which indemnification hereunder is claimed.

22. Taxes. The issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to any applicable taxes or other laws or regulations of the United States of America and any state or local authority having jurisdiction there over.

23. Miscellaneous.

(a) Any reference contained in this Plan to particular section or provision of law, rule or regulation, including but not limited to the Code and the 1934 Act, shall include any subsequently enacted or promulgated section or provision of law, rule or regulation, as the case may be. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Section 16 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor rules and regulations that may be promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by applicable law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

12

(b) Where used in this Plan: the plural shall include the singular, and unless the context otherwise clearly requires, the singular shall include the plural; and the term “affiliates” shall mean each and every Subsidiary and any parent of the Corporation.

(c) The captions of the numbered Sections contained in this Plan are for convenience only, and shall not limit or affect the meaning, interpretation or construction of any of the provisions of the Plan.

END

13

EX-10

EXHIBIT 10.3

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

2000 INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.         Purpose. The 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) was established to advance the development, growth and financial condition of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) and its subsidiaries, by providing an incentive, through participation in the appreciation of the capital stock of the Corporation, and thereby securing, retaining and motivating members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof (the “non-employee” directors).

2.         Term. The Plan is effective August 30, 2000, the day it was adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and shall be presented for approval at the next meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders. Any and all options awarded under the Plan before it is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders shall be conditioned upon, and may not be exercised before, receipt of shareholder approval, and shall lapse upon failure to receive such approval. Unless previously terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on, and no options shall be granted after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan.

3.         Stock Subject to the Plan. The shares of the Corporation’s common stock (the “Common Stock”) issuable under the Plan shall not exceed 100,000 shares. The amount of Common Stock issuable under the Plan may be adjusted pursuant to Section 11 hereof The Common Stock issuable hereunder may be either authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, or authorized shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation and subsequently reacquired by it as treasury stock, or shares purchased in open market transactions. Under no circumstances shall fractional shares be issued under the Plan. The Corporation’s failure to obtain any governmental authority deemed necessary by the Corporation’s legal counsel for the proper grant of the stock options under this Plan and/or the issuance of Common Stock under the Plan shall relieve the Corporation of any duty or liability for the failure to grant stock options under the Plan and/or issue Common Stock under the Plan as to which such authority has not been obtained.

4.         Operation and Administration. The ability to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Board or in a committee of two or more members of the Board, selected by the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee shall have the authority and discretion to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of any agreements made pursuant to the Plan, and to make any and all determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is final and binding.

5.         Stock Options. Stock options shall be granted under the Plan to each non-employee director of the Corporation, annually, at the discretion of a majority of the Board of Directors or of the Committee, as the case may be. Each non-employee director who is a member of the Corporation’s Board on the grant date shall be awarded stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock, as the Board in its discretion determines, (the “Stock Options”) under the following terms and conditions:

(1) The time period during which any Stock Option is exercisable shall be three (3) years after the date of grant.

(2) If a director, who has received an award pursuant to the Plan, ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason and is not designated as “Director Emeritus” by the remaining members of the Board at the time of such cessation, then the director may exercise the Stock Option not before the expiration of seven (7) months after the director ceases to be a member of the Board nor more than twelve (12) months after such cessation. If a director, who has received an award pursuant to the Plan dies, all unexercised awards shall immediately be void.

(3) The purchase price of a share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined under Section 7 hereof

(4) The Stock Option shall be made by a written agreement in the form, attached hereto as “Exhibit A”, with such changes therein as may be determined by the Committee (as such term is defined in Section 4 hereof) (the “Stock Option Agreement”).

6. Exercise. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice thereof to the Treasurer of the Corporation, identifying the Stock Option being exercised, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect thereto, and other information pertinent to the exercise of the Stock Option. The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Option is exercised shall be paid with the written notice of exercise, either in cash or in Common Stock, including Common Stock issuable hereunder, at its then current fair market value, or any combination of cash or Common Stock. Funds received by the Corporation from the exercise of any Stock Option shall be used for its general corporate purposes. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be reduced by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the director has exercised rights under the related Stock Option Agreement.

2

If the Corporation or its shareholders execute an agreement to dispose of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets or capital stock by means of sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or otherwise, as a result of which the Corporation’s shareholders as of immediately before such transaction will not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting capital stock of the surviving entity (be it the Corporation or otherwise) immediately after the consummation of such transaction, thereupon any and all outstanding Stock Options shall immediately become exercisable until the consummation of such transaction, or if not consummated, until the agreement therefore expires or is terminated, in which case thereafter all Stock Options shall be treated as if the agreement never had been executed. If during any period of two (2) consecutive years, the individuals, who at the beginning of such period, constituted the Board, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (unless the election of each director of the Board, who was not a director of the Board at the beginning of such period, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) thereupon any and all outstanding Stock Options shall immediately become exercisable. If there is an actual, attempted or threatened change in the ownership of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of any class of voting stock of the Corporation through the acquisition of, or an offer to acquire, such percentage of the Corporation’s voting stock by any person or entity, or persons or entities acting in concert or as a group, and such acquisition or offer has not been duly approved by the Board, thereupon any and all outstanding Stock Options shall immediately become exercisable.

7.         Value. Where used in the Plan, the “fair market value” of Stock or any options or rights with respect thereto, including Awards, shall mean and be determined by (a) the weighted average of all reported sales thereof on the principal established domestic securities exchange on which listed during the thirty (30) days prior to the grant date, and if not listed, then (b) the average of the dealer “bid” and “ask” prices thereof on the over-the-counter market on the grant date, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), in accordance with pertinent provisions of and principles under the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

8.         Continued Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or in any Stock Option shall confer upon any director any right to continue his relationship with the Corporation as a director, or limit or affect any rights, powers or privileges that the Corporation or its affiliates may have to supervise, discipline and terminate such director, and the relationships thereof

9.         General Restrictions. The Board may require, in its discretion, (a) the listing, registration or qualification of the Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Plan on any securities exchange or under any federal or state securities or other laws, (b) the approval of any governmental authority, or (c) an execution of an agreement by any director with respect to

3

disposition of any Common Stock (including, without limitation, that at the time of the director’s exercise of the Stock Option, any Common Stock thereby acquired is being and will be acquired solely for investment purposes and without any intention to sell or distribute the Common Stock). If the Board so requires, then Stock Options shall not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, approval or agreement has been appropriately effected or obtained to the satisfaction of the Board and legal counsel for the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a director shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Stock Option unless at least six (6) months have elapsed from the date the Stock Option was granted and, in any event, the transfer or disposition is made in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as the same may be amended from time to time.

10.       Rights. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, a director shall have no rights as a holder of the Common Stock subject to a Stock Option unless and until one or more certificates for the shares of Common Stock are issued and delivered to the director. No Stock Option, or the grant thereof, shall limit or affect the right or power of the Corporation or its affiliates to adjust, reclassify, recapitalize, reorganize or otherwise change its or their capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell any or all of its or their business, property or assets.

11.       Adjustments. In the event that the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, as presently constituted, shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation or of other securities of the Corporation or of another corporation (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares or otherwise) or if the number of such shares of Common Stock shall be increased through the payment of a stock dividend, stock split or similar transaction, then, there shall be substituted for or added to each share of Common Stock of the Corporation that was theretofore appropriated, or that thereafter may become subject to a Stock Option under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of Common Stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be so changed or for which each such share shall be exchanged or to which each share shall be entitled, as the case may be. Each outstanding Stock Option shall be appropriately amended as to price and other terms, as may be necessary to reflect the foregoing events.

If there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, or of any Common Stock or other securities into which such Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, and if a majority of the members of the Board shall, in their sole discretion, determine that the change equitably requires an adjustment in any Stock Option that was theretofore granted or that may thereafter be granted under the Plan, then such adjustment shall be made in accordance with the determination.

4

The grant of a Stock Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect, in any way, the right or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge, to consolidate, to dissolve, to liquidate or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in a Stock Option pursuant to this Section 11 may be settled as a majority of the members of the Board or of the Committee, as the case may be, shall determine.

To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate to Common Stock or securities of the Corporation, such adjustments shall be made by a majority of the members of the Board or of the Committee, as the case may be, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Corporation to each holder of a Stock Option that is so adjusted.

12.       Forfeiture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if an option holder is engaged in fraud, embezzlement, theft, commission of a felony, or dishonesty in the course of his relationship with the Corporation or its affiliates, or has disclosed trade secrets of the Corporation or its affiliates, the option holder shall forfeit all rights under and to all unexercised Stock Options, and all exercised Stock Options for which the Corporation has not yet delivered certificates for shares of Common Stock, and all rights to receive Stock Options shall be automatically canceled.

13.       Miscellaneous. Any reference contained in this Plan to a particular section or provision of law, rule or regulation shall include any subsequently enacted or promulgated section or provision of law, rule or regulation, as the case may be. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of the Rule and the regulations promulgated thereunder or any successor rule that may be promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. To the extent any provision of this Plan fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to the provisions of Section 15, below. Where used in this Plan, the plural shall include the singular, and, unless the context otherwise clearly requires, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine. The captions of the numbered Sections contained in this Plan are for convenience only, and shall not limit or affect the meaning, interpretation or construction of any of the provisions of the Plan.

5

14. Transferability. Stock Option awards granted under the Plan are not transferable.

15.       Amendment. The Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated, without notice, by a majority vote of the Board of the Corporation.

16.       Taxes. The issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to any applicable taxes or other laws or regulations of the United States of America and any state or local authority having jurisdiction thereover.

END

6

EXHIBITA

FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.

2000 INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

A STOCK OPTION (the” Stock Option”) for________ ( __________ )shares of common stock, (the “Common Stock”), of First National Community Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania business corporation (the “Corporation”) is hereby granted to ______________________________ ____________ (the “Director”), subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the First National Community Bancorp, Inc. 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). The option price as determined under Section 6 of the Plan is $_________________per share.

This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable six (6) months from the date of this Agreement ~ upon receipt of shareholder approval of the 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan, whichever comes later. This Option may not be exercised more than three (3) years from the date of grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

ATTEST: First National Community Bancorp, Inc.

By: _________________________

Secretary	J. David Lombardi, President and Chief
	Executive Officer

Dated:

The Director acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof. The Director hereby accepts this Stock Option subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan.

Dated: _________________	________________________________________
		Director

7

EX-10

EXHIBIT 10.4

THE FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANK

DIRECTOR’S AND OFFICER’S DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

THE FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANK, whose principal office is located at 102 East Drinker Street, Dunmore, PA, (the “Bank”) hereby establishes this Directors and Officers Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of April 1, 1994 , for the purpose of promoting in its Directors and Officers the strongest interest in the successful operation of the Bank and to provide its Directors and Officers with deferred benefits upon retirement.

ARTICLE I

Definitions

1.1              Compensation- “Compensation” shall mean a Director’s fees, including but not limited to , annual fees, meeting fees, committee fees and other payments for services rendered by a Participant to the Hank during a calendar year. With regard to Officers, all Compensation earned as salary and bonus during a calendar year.

1.2              Deferred Compensation Agreement- “Deferred Compensation Agreement” shall mean a written agreement between a Participant and the Bank, whereby a Participant agrees to defer a portion of his Compensation pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, and the Bank agrees to make benefit payments in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

1.3              Effective Date- “Effective Date” shall mean the date on which the plan becomes effective, i.e., April 1, 1994.

1.4 Normal Retirement Date- “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the date on which

a Participant reaches age sixty (60), the date on which he has been a Participant for five (5)

years, or Termination Of Service, whichever is later.

1.5Participant- “Participant” shall mean a Director or Officer of the Bank who has entered into a Deferred Compensation Agreement with the Bank.

1.6              Plan Year- “Plan Year” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 1994, and each calendar year thereafter.

1.7              Stated Deferral- “Stated Deferral” shall mean the amount of Compensation the Participant agrees to defer in the Deferred Compensation Agreement.

1.8              Termination Of Service- “Termination Of Service” shall mean the Participant’s ceasing to serve as a Director or Officer of the Bank for any reason whatsoever, voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death or disability.

ARTICLE II

Eligibility

All Directors serving on the Board as of the Effective Date shall be entitled to participate. Subsequently, Directors shall be entitled to participate hereunder as of the first day of a Plan Year, provided they have executed a Deferred Compensation Agreement prior to the beginning of that Plan Year. All Officers who have been employed at the beginning of a Plan Year for at least two (2) years and shall have earnings in excess of $40,000 annually shall be entitled to participate. Nothing shall preclude an individual from participating both as an Officer and a Director in this Plan.

ARTICLE III

Compensation Deferrals

3.1              Initial Deferral- Any Director or Officer wishing to become a Participant in this Plan shall elect prior to the Effective Date to defer a portion of his Compensation payable on or after the Effective Date.

3.2              Subsequent Deferrals- Subsequent to the initial deferral provided for in Section 3.1 above, any election to defer Compensation hereunder shall be made no later than December 31st prior to the Plan Year in which the Compensation to be deferred is earned and payable.

3.3              Procedure For Deferral- The Participant shall make the election provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 by executing a Deferred Compensation Agreement in the form provided by the Bank. The Deferred Compensation Agreement shall set forth the Stated Deferral. The Stated Deferral shall be subtracted from the Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant during the Plan Year of the deferral.

3.4 Limitation On Deferral-

Directors- A participating Director may defer up to 50% of earnings during each of the next 10 years.

Officers- A participating Officer with greater than 10 years of service may defer up to 25% of earnings during each of the next 10 years. An Officer with less than 10 years of service may defer up to 15% of earnings. Nothing shall preclude an individual from participating both as a Director and Officer.

3.5Election To Defer Irrevocable- Except as may otherwise be provided by law, a Participant’s election to defer Compensation shall be irrevocable during the period for which it is made.

ARTICLE IV

Deferred Compensation Accounts

4.1              Deferred Compensation Account- The Bank shall establish a bookkeeping account for each Participant which shall be credited with the Stated Deferral on the date such

Compensation would have been paid to a Participant had no election to defer been made.

4.2              Interest On The Deferred Compensation Account- The account established pursuant to Section 4.1 above shall be credited with interest on December 31st of each Plan Year on the amount in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of said December 3 1st. The rate of interest shall be 200% of the one-year Treasury Bill rate in effect not more than thirty (30) days nor less fifteen (15) days prior to the Plan Year to which the rates apply, but in no case shall the rate be less than 8%. For all Participants who have been a Participant in the Plan for over 5 years there shall also be an enhanced interest rate for crediting purposes 1 % greater than the formula and minimum stated above, beginning with year 6 of participation.

4.3              Purpose Of Deferred Compensation Account- The purpose of the Deferred Compensation Account shall be to determine the amount of benefits to be paid to the Participant at times hereinafter specified and the Bank shall not segregate any asset in order to satisfy any obligations under the Plan. Such account shall not constitute nor be treated as a trust fund of any kind. It is expressly understood that all amounts credited to such account shall be for the sole and exclusive purpose of bookkeeping and shall remain the sole property of the Bank and that the Participant shall have no ownership rights thereto. The Participant’s rights are expressly limited to the right to receive payments as hereinafter provided and the Participant’s rights with respect thereto is that of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank.

4.4              Vesting- The Participant shall at all times be one hundred percent (100%) vested in the amount accumulated in his Deferred Compensation Account.

ARTICLE V

Payment Of Benefits

5.1 Election As To Method Of Payment- Each Participant shall designate in the

Deferred Compensation Agreement one of the following methods of payment of his Deferred

Compensation Account:

a.	Equal annual payments for five (5) years.
b.	Equal annual payments for ten (10) years.
c.	Equal monthly payments for sixty (60) months.
d.	Equal monthly payments for one hundred-twenty (120) months.
e.	Lump sum payment.

5.2              Amount Of Payments- The Participant shall receive equal monthly or annual installments over the period he has chosen pursuant to Section 5.1, the amount of such payments being determined by annuitizing his Deferred Compensation Account, plus interest at an annual rate as established by formula in Section 4.2 above, including the minimum rate, plus the 1 % enhancement.

5.3Time Of payments- The benefit payments to be made pursuant to a Participant’s election shall begin on the first business day of the month after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

5.4              Optional Payment Method- Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Bank, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, shall have the option to pay the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account in annual payments upon such Participant’s Termination of Service.

5.5Recipients Of Payments: Designation Of Beneficiary- All payments to be made pursuant to this Plan shall be made to the Participant, if living. If a Participant dies before receiving all payments he would be entitled to receive, all remaining payments shall be paid to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Participant. The participant shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written notice of such designation with the Bank in such form as the Bank prescribes. A Participant may change a beneficiary designation at any time. The Participant’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked in the event of the death of the beneficiary or in the event of dissolution of marriage, if the beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse. If no designation is in effect when benefits due under this Plan are payable, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse, if living, and if the spouse is deceased, the legal representative of the Participant’s estate. Any payments made pursuant to this paragraph shall begin within sixty (60) days after the Participant’s death.

5.6Pre-retirement Death Benefit- If a Participant’s Termination Of Service prior to his Normal Retirement Date is due to his death, the Participant’s beneficiary, or the legal representative of his estate if no beneficiary designation is in effect, shall be paid the participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the date of death, as per the election made by a participant in 5.1 above. If no such election is made, the payment will be in a lump sum.

ARTICLE VI

Funding And Life Insurance

6.1              Funding- The Bank’s obligation under the Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. The Bank shall not be obligated to fund any obligations arising hereunder, but the Bank may, in its sole discretion, elect to fund this Plan in whole or in part.

6.2              Insurance Policies- The Bank in its discretion may apply for and procure, as owner and for its own benefit, insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such form as the Bank may choose. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, but at the request of the Bank he shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Bank has applied for insurance. The rights of the Participant, or his beneficiary, or estate, to benefits under the Plan shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Bank. Any insurance policy or other assets acquired by or held by the Bank in connection with the liabilities assumed by it pursuant to the Plan shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Participant, his beneficiary, or his estate, or to be security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank but shall be and remain, a general, unpledged and unrestricted asset of the Bank.

ARTICLE VII

Administration And Interpretation Of The Plan

7.1              Administrative Committee - The Board of Directors shall appoint an Administrative Committee which shall be the same persons serving on the Retirement (Profit Sharing) Plan Committee to administer and interpret the Plan. Interpretation by the Administrative Committee shall be final and binding upon a Participant. The Administrative Committee may adopt rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan as it may deem necessary.

7.2              Claims Procedure- If a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiary (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) is denied all or a portion of an expected benefit under this Plan for any reason, he or she may file a claim with the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Claimant within 60 days of allowance or denial of the claim, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrative Committee prior to the end of the sixty (60) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision. The notice of the Administrative Committee’s decision shall be in writing, sent by mail to Claimant’s last known address, and, if a denial of the claim, must contain the following information:

	a.		the specific reasons for the denial;
	b.		a specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which the denial is based; and
c.		if applicable, a description of any additional information or material necessary to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such information or material is necessary, and an explanation of the claims review procedure.

7.3              Review Procedure- A Claimant is entitled to request a review of any denial of his claim by the Administrative Committee. The request for review must be submitted in writing within 60 days of receipt of the notice of the denial. Absent a request for review within the 60 day period, the claim will be deemed to be conclusively denied. The Claimant or his representative shall be entitled to review all pertinent documents, and to submit issues and comments orally and in writing. If the request for review by a Claimant concerns the interpretation and application of the provisions of the Plan and the Bank’s obligations, then the review shall be conducted by a separate committee consisting of three persons designated or appointed by the Administrative Committee. The separate committee shall afford the Claimant a hearing and the opportunity to review all pertinent documents and submit issues and comments orallyand in writing and shall render a review decision in writing, all within sixty 60) days after receipt of a request for a review, provided that, in special circumstances (such as the necessity of holding a hearing) the committee may extend the time for decision by not more than sixty (60) days upon written notice to the Claimant. The Claimant shall receive written notice of the separate committee’s review decision, together with specific reasons for the decision and reference to the pertinent provisions of the Plan.

ARTICLE VIII

Taxes

The Company shall deduct from all payments made hereunder all applicable federal or state taxes required by law to be withheld from such payments.

ARTICLE IX

State Law

The Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

ARTICLE X

Forms Of Communication

Any election, application, claim, notice or other communication required or permitted to be made by a Participant to the Bank shall be made in writing and in such form as the Bank shall prescribe. Such communication shall be effective upon mailing, if sent by first class mail, postage pre-paid, and addressed to the Bank’s office at 102 East Drinker St., Dunmore, PA18512.

ARTICLE XI

Effect On Other Bank Benefit Plans

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right of the Participant to participate in or be covered by any qualified or non-qualified pension, profit sharing, group bonus or other supplemental compensation or fringe benefit plans constituting a part of the Bank’s existing or future compensation structure.

ARTICLE XII

Assignment Or Pledge

The Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and any payment payable at any timepursuant to this Plan shall not be assignable or subject to pledge or hypothecation nor shall said payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance, or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise except to the extent as provided by law. Upon the occurrence of any event in violation or attempted violation of this paragraph, any payments thereafter payable hereunder shall, in the sole discretion of the Bank, be subject to cancellation; whereupon, the Bank may, but need not, make such payments to someone else deemed by it tobe a natural object of the bounty of the Participant.

ARTICLE XIII

Continuation As Director Or Officer

Neither this agreement nor the payments of any benefits hereunder shall be construed as giving to the Participant any rights to be retained as a member of the Board of Directors or continue as an Officer of theBank.

ARTICLE XIV

Termination Of Agreement By Reason OfChanges In Law

The Bank is instituting this Plan upon the assumption that certain existing tax laws will continue in effect in substantially their current form. If there are any changes in Federal Law relating and allowing the tax free accumulation of earnings within a life insurance policy, the income tax free payment of proceeds from life insurance policies or the deduction from income of interest payments on certificates of deposits issued by banking institutions, the Bank shall have the option to terminate or modify this Plan. Provided, however, that the Participant shall be entitled to payment from his Deferred Compensation Account under the same conditions as though the Plan were still in effect.

ARTICLE XV

Modification

This Plan contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to matters set forth in the Plan. Any changes to the Plan must be in writing.

ARTICLE XVI

Captions

The captions at the head of an Article or a paragraph of this Plan are designed for convenience of reference only and are not to be resorted to for the purpose of interpreting any provision of this Plan.

ARTICLE XVII

Severability

The invalidity of any provision of this Plan shall not invalidate the remainder thereof, and said remainder shall continue in full force and effect.

Dated this _____ day of_____________________ 1994.

THE FIRST NATIONAL COMMUNITY BANK

By: /s/ Louis A. DeNaples

/s/ Michael J. Cestone, Jr.

Secretary

FNCB	First National Community Bank
		Banking Facilities		Main Office:
COMMUNITY IS OUR MIDDLE NAME	Back Mountain		Hanover Twp	102 East Drinker Street

1 877-TRY-FNCB www.fncb.comClarks Green            KingstonDunmore, PA 18512-2491                                                                                                         Daleville                             Nanticoke                                Fax:          (570) 348-6454

Member FDICDickson CityPittstonTel:(570) 346-7667

DunmorePlainsE-mail:fncb@fncb.com

Exeter	Scranton
Fashion Mall	Wilkes-Barre

July 9, 2003

RE: Amendment to The First National Community Bank Director’s and Officer’s Deferred Compensation Plan Agreement dated April 1. 1994

Dear Participant:

This letter is to serve as notice to you that The First National Community Bank Director’s and Officer’sDeferred CompensationPlanAgreement shall be amended as follows:

Article I, Definitions, The following language shall be added as Section 1.9 Early Retirement Date:

1.9 Early Retirement Date

“Early Retirement Date” shall mean the date on which a Participant reaches age fifty nine and a half (59 1/2) and the date on which he has been a Participant for five (5) years. Participant may have the option of Early Retirement regardless if he/she is still an employee/officer of the Bank and/or as long as he/she remains on the Board of Directors of the Bank.

Article III, Compensation Deferrals. Section 3.4, Limitation On Deferral, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

3.4 Limitation On Deferrals

Directors — A participating Director may defer up to fifty percent (5 0%) of earnings during each of the next twenty (20) years.

Officers — A participating Officer with greater than ten (10) years of service may defer up to twenty-five percent (25%) of earnings during each of the next twenty (20) years. An Officer with less than ten (10) years of service may defer up to fifteen percent (15%) of earnings. Nothing shall preclude an individual from participating both as a Director and as an Officer.

July 9, 2003 Page 2 of 4

Article V, Payment Of Benefits, Section 5.1, Election As To Method of Payment the following options shall be added:

	f)	Equal annual payments for fifteen (15) years.
g)		Equal annual payments for twenty (20) years.
h)		Equal annual payments for twenty-five (25) years.
	i)	Equal annual payments for thirty (30) years.
j)		Equal monthly payments for one hundred eighty (180) months.
k)		Equal monthly payments for two hundred forty (240) months.
	1)	Equal monthly payments for three hundred (300) months.
	m)	Equal monthly payments for three hundred sixty (360) months.

Article V, Payment Of Benefits, Section 5.3, Time Of Payments, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

5.3 Time of Payments

The benefit payments to be made to a Participant’s election shall begin on the first business day of the month after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant elects Early Retirement, payments to the Participant’s election shall begin on the first business day of the month after the Participant reaches age fifty nine and a half (59 ‘A) and the date on which he has been a Participant for five (5) years. Participant may elect to receive Early Retirement payments regardless if the he/she is still an Employee or Officer of the Bank and/or he/she remains on the Board of Directors of the Bank.

This Amendment shall be effective the 1St day of July, 2003, and the Subparagraphs 4.1, 5.1 and 5.3 referred to hereinabove shall supersede Subparagraph 4.1, 5.1 and 5.3 of the April 1, 1994 agreement. To the extent that any term, provision, or paragraph of said agreement is not specifically amended herein, or in any other amendment thereto, said term, provision, or paragraph shall remain in full force and effect as set forth in said April 1, 1994 agreement.

By your execution of this letter, you hereby acknowledge your receipt of this notification of the addition of said language and your understanding and agreement of the same.

Please execute this letter on the signature line provided for this purpose below. Upon execution, please return this original letter to First National Community Bank. Once First National Community Bank has obtained the signatures of all plan participants, a complete executed copy of this letter will be provided to you for your records.

Sincerely,

/s/ Robert J. Mancuso

Authorized Agent of First National Community Bank

July 9, 2003

Page 3 of4

Participant Signatures: Date:

/s/ Gerard A. Champi 7/21/03

Gerard A. Champi

/s/ Linda A. D’Amario 7/18/03

Linda A. D’Amario

/s/ S. A. Marchese 7/21/03

Salvatore A. Marchese

/s/ Theresa M. Surma 7/18/03

Theresa M. Surma

/s/ Thomas P. Tulaney 7/28/03

Thomas P. Tulaney

/s/ James M. Bone, Jr. 7/18/03

James M. Bone, Jr.

/s/ Michael G. Cestone 7/30/03

Michael G. Cestone

/s/ Anthony J. Gabello 7/18/03

Anthony J. Gabello

/s/ Michael J. Germano, III 7/18/03

Michael J Germano, III

/s/ Robert F. Karoscik 7/25/03

Robert F. Karoscik

/s/ Stephen J. Kavulich 7/18/03

Stephen J. Kavulich

/s/ William S. Lance 7/21/03

William S. Lance

/s/ J. David Lombardi 7/18/03

J. David Lombardi

/s/ Robert J. Mancuso 7/18/03

Robert J. Mancuso

/s/ John P. Moses 7/30/03

John P. Moses, Esq.

/s/ Richard F. Post, Jr. 7/30/03

Richard F. Post, Jr.

July 9, 2003 Page 4 of 4

/s/ Anthony T. Rossi 7/18/03

Anthony T. Rossi

/s/ Brian C. Mahlstedt 7/18/03

Brian C. Mahlstedt

/s/ Lisa L. Kinney 7/18/03

Lisa L. Kinney

/s/ Eileen R. Farber-Bonk 1/06/04

Eileen R. Farber-Bonk

/s/ Linda L. Matylewicz 12/24/03

Linda L. Matylewicz

/s/ Michael T. Conahan 1/14/04

Judge Michael T. Conahan

2005 Participants:

/s/ William E. Keating 2/14/05

William E. Keating

/s/ Jonathan T. Grande 2/15/05

Jonathan T. Grande

/s/ Marilyn K. Dolphin 2/16/05

Marilyn K. Dolphin

/s/ Thomas C. Lunney 2/14/05

Thomas C. Lunney

/s/ Paul s. Dunda 2/11/05

Paul S. Dunda

EX-31

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, J. David Lombardi, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.;

2.        Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.        Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have:

(a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based upon such evaluation; and

(d)disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2005	By: /s/ J. David Lombardi
	J. David Lombardi, President/
	Chief Executive Officer

EX-31

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, William Lance, Principal Financial Officer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K/A of First National Community Bancorp, Inc.;

2.              Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.              Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.              The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have:

(a)designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d)disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.              The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2005	By: /s/ William Lance
	William Lance, Treasurer

Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), I, J. David Lombardi, President/Chief Executive Officer of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the period ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”):

1.             fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.              the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Date: March 16, 2005	By: /s/ J. David Lombardi
	J. David Lombardi, President/
	Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32.2

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code), I, William Lance, Principal Financial Officer of First National Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify that, to the best of my knowledge, the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the period ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”):

1.             fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.              the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Date: March 16, 2005	By: /s/ William Lance
	William Lance, Treasurer

Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.